UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM 6-K


       REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16
                    UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                         For the month of November, 2005


                      EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.
                 (Translation of registrant's name into English)

                400 GODIN AVENUE, VANIER, QUEBEC, CANADA G1M 2K2
                    (Address of principal executive offices)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports
under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.


                  Form 20-F     [X]             Form 40-F       [_]


Indicate by check mark whether the  registrant by furnishing  the  information
contained  in this Form is also  thereby  furnishing  the  information  to the
Commission  pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b)  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934.


                  Yes           [_]             No              [X]


If "Yes" is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in
connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-______.




In  November  2005,  EXFO   Electro-Optical   Engineering   Inc.,  a  Canadian
corporation,  issued its annual report containing its annual audited financial
statements and  management's  discussion  and analysis  thereof for its fiscal
year ended August 31, 2005. At the same time, it also issued its notice of its
annual shareholders' meeting, its form of proxy, its management proxy circular
and a cover letter. This report on Form 6-K sets forth said documents.

The annual  report  containing  the  Corporation's  annual  audited  financial
statements and management's  discussion and analysis for its fiscal year ended
August 31,  2005,  its  notice of annual  shareholders'  meeting,  its form of
proxy, its management proxy circular and cover letter are hereby  incorporated
as  documents  by  reference  to Form F-3  (Registration  Statement  under the
Securities Act of 1933) declared effective as of July 30, 2001 and to Form F-3
(Registration  Statement under the Securities Act of 1933) declared  effective
as of March 11, 2002 and to amend certain material information as set forth in
these two Form F-3 documents.





                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  the
registrant  has duly  caused  this  report to be  signed on its  behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.



                               EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.


                               By: /s/ Germain Lamonde
                                   -----------------------
                                   Name:   Germain Lamonde
                                   Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer



Date: November 29, 2005




[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPHS]




[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPHS]                              2005 ANNUAL REPORT




[GRAPHIC OMITTED]                                          [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
[1985 - 20 EXFO - 2005                                             EXFO
YEARS OF INNOVATION                                       EXPERTISE REACHING OUT



------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mission Statement

EXFO's  mission  is  to be a  world  leader  in  telecommunications  test  and
measurement  equipment.  This goal will be  achieved  through  the  pursuit of
excellence  and the full  commitment of all our  employees to exceed  customer
expectations with market-driven innovation setting the highest standards.

Corporate Profile

EXFO  is  a   recognized   test  and   measurement   expert   in  the   global
telecommunications industry through the design and manufacture of advanced and
innovative  solutions as well as best-in-class  customer support.  The Telecom
Division, which represents our main business activity, offers fully integrated
and complete test solutions to network  service  providers,  cable  operators,
system vendors and component manufacturers in approximately 70 countries.  One
of  our  strongest  competitive  advantages  is out  PC/Windows-based  modular
platforms that host a wide range of tests across the opttical,  physical, data
and network layers,  while  maximizing  technology reuse across several market
segments.  The Life Sciences and  Industrial  Division  mainly  leverages core
telecom  technologies to offer  vaue-added  solutions in the life sciences and
high-precision   assembly  sectors.  For  more  information  about  EXFO  vist
www.exfo.com.

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table of Contents
1       Financial Highlights
2       Letter to Shareholders
4       Corporate Highlights
6       Telecom Division
8       Life Sciences & Industrial Division
9       Management's Discussion and Analysis
24      Management's Report
24      Report of Independent Auditors
25      Consolidated Financial Statements
29      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
53      Board of Directors
54      Management abd Cororate Officers
55      Corporate Governance Practices
57      Glossary
58      Shareholder Information
59      Worldwide Offices
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report contains  forward-looking  statements within the meaning of
the U.S. Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and we intend that
such  forward-looking  statements  be  subject  to the  safe  harbors  created
thereby.  Forward-looking  statements  are  statements  other than  historical
information  or  statements  of current  condition.  Words such as may,  will,
expect,  believe,  anticipate,  intend,  could,  estimate,  continue,  or  the
negative or comparable  terminology  are intended to identify  forward-looking
statements.   In  addition,   any  statements  that  refer  to   expectations,
projections or other  characterizations of future events and circumstances are
considered  forward-looking  statements.  They are not  guarantees  of  future
performance  and involve risks and  uncertainties.  Actual  results may differ
materially  from those in  forward-looking  statements due to various  factors
including consolidation in the global  telecommunications test and measurement
industry; capital spending levels in the telecommunications, life sciences and
high-precision assembly sectors;  concentration of sales; fluctuating exchange
rates and our ability to execute in these uncertain conditions; the effects of
the additional actions we have taken in response to such economic  uncertainty
(including workforce reductions, ability to quickly adapt cost structures with
anticipated levels of business, ability to manage inventory levels with market
demand);  market  acceptance of our new products and other upcoming  products;
limited  visibility  with  regards to  customer  orders and the timing of such
orders; our ability to successfully  integrate our acquired and to-be-acquired
businesses;  the  retention of key  technical and  management  personnel;  and
future economic,  competitive and market conditions.  Assumptions  relating to
the  foregoing  involve  judgments  and risks,  all of which are  difficult or
impossible  to predict  and many of which are beyond our  control.  Other risk
factors that may affect our future  performance and operations are detailed in
our Annual Report on Form 20-F and our other filings with the U.S.  Securities
and Exchange  Commission and the Canadian securities  commissions.  We believe
that  the  expectations  reffected  in  the  forward-looking   statements  are
reasonable  based on  information  currently  available  to us,  but we cannot
assure you that the expectations will prove to have been correct. Accordingly,
you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These
statements  speak  only as of the  date  of this  document.  We  undertake  no
obligation to revise or update any of them to reffect events or  circumstances
that occur after the date of this document.

TRADEMARKS AND LOGOS 

EXFO  and the EXFO  logo are  registered  trademarks  of EXFO  Electro-Optical
Engineering Inc. in Canada,  the United States and/or other  countries.  Other
EXFO product names or logos referenced in this document are either  trademarks
or registered  trademarks of EXFO  Electro-Optical  Engineering Inc. or of its
affiiated  companies.  All other product names and trademarks mentioned herein
are trademarks of their respective owners.  However,  neither the presence nor
absence of the  identification  symbols (R) or TM affects the legal  status of
any trademark.

All dollar  amounts in this Annual Report are expressed in US dollars,  except
as otherwise noted. 



[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

Financial Highlights

(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except per share data)



Consolidated Statements of Earnings Data            2005         2004          2003          2002          2001 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             
Sales                                         $  97,216     $  74,630     $  61,930     $  68,330     $ 146,013
Gross margin (1)                              $  53,157     $  40,074     $  25,733     $  15,964     $  89,806
                                                  54.7%         53.7%         41.6%         23.4%         61.5%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Selling and administrative                    $  31,782     $  25,890     $  26,991     $  33,881     $  44,975
                                                  32.7%         34.7%         43.6%         49.6%         30.8%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross research and development                $  15,878     $  15,668     $  17,133     $  17,005     $  17,601
                                                  16.3%         21.0%         27.7%         24.9%         12.1%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) from operations (2)           $    (199)    $ (10,570)    $ (39,584)    $ (74,783)    $  14,507
                                                  (0.2%)       (14.1%)       (63.9%)      (109.4%)         9.9%
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss                                      $  (1,634)    $  (8,424)    $ (54,950)    $(308,524)    $ (15,294)
                                                  (1.7%)       (11.3%)       (88.7%)      (451.5%)       (10.5%)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic and diluted net loss per share          $   (0.02)    $   (0.13)    $   (0.87)    $   (5.09)    $   (0.29)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and short-term investments               $ 112,002     $  89,128     $  57,376     $  49,681     $  74,590
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Working capital                               $ 135,288     $ 115,141     $  77,408     $  91,374     $ 130,289
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total assets                                  $ 190,957     $ 172,791     $ 146,254     $ 177,926     $ 442,577
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt (excluding current portion)    $     198     $     332     $     453     $     564     $     664
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' equity                          $ 173,400     $ 157,327     $ 129,826     $ 165,406     $ 414,805
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Including inventory  write-offs of $4,121,000 and $18,463,000 for the years ended August 31, 2003 and 2002,
    respectively,  and nil for the years ended  August 31,  2005,  2004 and 2001.  Including an unusual gain of
    $473,000 for the year ended August 31, 2003,  and nil for the years ended August 31, 2005,  2004,  2002 and
    2001.

(2) Including charges for stock-based  compensation costs, inventory and tax credit write-offs,  unusual grants
    recovery,  amortization  of intangible  assets,  impairment  of  long-lived  assets and goodwill as well as
    restructuring and other charges of $6,091,000, $7,878,000, $22,943,000, $57,451,000 and $13,456,000 for the
    years ended August 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.


[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PIE CHARTS]
TOTAL SALES (in thousands of dollars)

GEOGRAPHIC SALES
                         2005     2004     2003     2002      2001
                      $97,216  $74,630  $61,930  $68,330  $146,013

Americas                  68%      66%      66%      61%       62%
Europe, Middle East
  and Africa              20%      18%      18%      20%       25%
Asia-Pacific              12%      16%      16%      19%       13%

DIVISIONAL SALES

Telecom Division          82%      79%      79%      80%       83%
Life Sciences and
  Industrial Division     18%      21%      21%      20%       17%


                                                2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 1


[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
[PHOTOGRAPH -- Germain Lamonde/
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer]

------------------------------------------------
"While our FTTx market penetration was excellent
in 2005, we believe this is just the beginning
of a long-term deployment trend."
------------------------------------------------


Dear Shareholders,

EXFO  celebrated  its 20th  anniversary  in a fitting manner in fiscal 2005 as
reflected by most of our financial  indicators.  We continued  our  long-term,
market-driven innovation strategy to tap into new,  revenue-generating  market
opportunities.  This strong positioning led to significant  progress in market
share,  sales  and  profitability  in  2005,  even  though  we  faced a highly
competitive  and  changing   landscape  as  well  as   considerable   currency
fluctuations.

Performance Highlights

      |    Increased  sales  30.3% to $97.2  million in 2005,  up from a 20.5%
           increase in 2004;

      |    Achieved  positive GAAP net earnings in the last three  quarters of
           2005; net loss reduced from $8.4 million in 2004 to $1.6 million in 
           2005;

      |    Generated $14.0 million in cash flows from operating activities, up
           from $0.8 million in 2004;

      |    Reached a leadership position in the high-growth, optical FTTx test
           market; and

      |    Derived 42.4% of sales from new products on the market two years or
           less.

These results represent  tangible evidence that we adopted the right long-term
strategy  to be among the first to rebound  from the  telecom  downturn  as we
maintained strong investments in R&D, sales and customer support.


REPORT CARD FOR FISCAL 2005

Let's take a closer look at our quality of  execution in 2005 and how we fared
against the  corporate  performance  metrics  that we had  established  at the
beginning of the fiscal year.

SALES  GROWTH:  30.3% VS.  TARGET OF 20% 

With 30.3% sales growth in 2005,  we surpassed  our stated goal of 20% through
higher  market-share gains. We delivered excellent growth results for both our
Telecom  Division  (36.1%  growth;  82% of revenues) and our Life Sciences and
Industrial Division (8.6% growth, 18% of revenues), which was recently renamed
to better  reflect  its  market  focus.  Frost &  Sullivan,  a leading  market
research firm,  reported in June 2005 that we had jumped from fifth place with
a market  share of 8.4% in 2003 to  second  place  with  10.3% of the  overall
fiber-optic  test  market  in  2004(1).  Market  share  in our  core  portable
field-test instrumentation segment is estimated to have improved from 17.4% to
22.2% during the same period.  Combined  with stellar  sales growth during our
first 16 years of  operation  (above 25% growth  every year and ~60% CAGR from
1985  to  2001),  we  believe  that  we  outperformed  the  optical  test  and
measurement  market  every  single  year  of  our  existence,  largely  due to
market-driven  innovation and quality of execution. I am particularly proud of
this accomplishment, since I believe it is a key measure of long-term success.


2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  2


PRO FORMA NET EARNINGS:  $4.5 MILLION(2) VS. TARGET OF > $0 

We finished fiscal 2005 with pro forma net earnings of $4.5 million,  or $0.06
per  diluted  share,  while our  published  goal was to reach  the  break-even
level(2).  This goal was  achieved on the  strength of higher  sales  volumes,
richer business mix and heightened cost controls. I am also encouraged that we
improved our gross margin by 100 basis points to 54.7% in fiscal 2005, despite
strong pricing  pressure and a 9.7% increase in the Canadian  versus US dollar
during that period.  Although we were  profitable  on a GAAP basis in the last
three quarters, we incurred a net loss of $1.6 million in 2005, including $1.3
million  in   foreign-exchange   losses  and  $1.0   million  in   stock-based
compensation costs. In terms of earnings power, for every additional dollar of
sales in 2005 over 2004,  $0.46 flowed to earnings before income taxes.  Since
the 2001  telecom  crisis,  I believe  we have  maintained  the right  balance
between long-term growth and short-term profitability.  Our P&L statement also
reflects that we are now approaching our long-term operating model in terms of
SG&A (32.7% vs.  30-32%) and net R&D (12.5% vs.  12-14%),  while there's still
more work required on the gross margin front (54.7% vs. ~60%).

SALES FROM NEW PRODUCTS: 42.4% VS. TARGET OF 45%

Sales from new products (on the market two years or less) represented 42.4% of
total sales in 2005 versus our stated  goal of 45%.  While we slightly  missed
our target,  I'm pleased with the significant  improvement over the prior year
(31.7%).  This metric speaks volumes about market focus,  customer  acceptance
and  judicious  R&D  investment  decisions.  It reveals that we're reading the
market correctly,  aggressively  launching  products worldwide and placing our
customers at the top of the  innovation  curve.  It also reflects that our R&D
projects are  on-scope,  on-time and on-budget to maximize  results.  Over the
years, EXFO has earned the reputation of innovation leader for good reason.

2006 AND BEYOND -- KEY MARKET TRENDS

Let's discuss some major drivers that will transform the telecom  industry (as
well  as life  sciences  and  industrial  markets)  in  upcoming  years.  As a
market-driven  company, we try to identify the key industry trends in order to
leverage  technological  discontinuities  and convert them into value-creating
market opportunities.

BROADBAND WAR LEADING TO ACCESS INVESTMENTS

Intense competition between traditional telephone companies (telcos) and cable
operators  (cablecos)  continues  unabated in North America.  Both parties are
waging a triple-play  -- even  quadruple-play  -- war to increase  revenue and
profitability through bundled offerings,  while reducing churn. This broadband
battle is prompting massive capital investments in access networks in order to
increase bandwidth,  flexibility and scalability,  while continuing metro ring
expansion.   Telcos  are  deploying   fiber-to-the-node   (FTTN;   ~20  Mb/s),
fiber-to-the-curb (FTTC; ~40 Mb/s) or fiber-to-the-premises (FTTP; ~100 Mb/s),
depending  on the bets they have  placed  in terms of what  video  compression
techniques will be adopted and how much bandwidth will be required to meet the
challenge  from the  cablecos  (~40  Mb/s).  The  closer  the  fiber is to the
premises  and the higher the  transmission  rates,  the better it is for EXFO,
which offrs the most  comprehensive line of FTTx test solutions on the market.
Following agreements with Verizon and SBC Communications,  we are increasingly
leveraging our leadership in passive  optical  network (PON) testing and broad
portfolio  of  FTTx-ready   technologies  outside  North  America,  given  our
long-established   customer   relationships   in  Europe  and  Asia.   We  are
participating  in several FTTx trials  worldwide and recently were selected as
sole-source  supplier for all fiber  deployment test  applications by Deutsche
Telekom AG -- including FTTx. While our FTTx market  penetration was excellent
in 2005,  we believe  this is just the  beginning  of a  long-term  deployment
trend.

MIGRATION TOWARDS CONVERGED, IP-BASED NETWORKING

Network  operators  around  the  world  are  migrating  from  public  switched
telephone networks (PSTN) to packet-based,  Internet protocol (IP) networks in
order to achieve  substantial  reductions in operating  expenses and increased
profitability.  British  Telecom Group,  for example,  announced it will spend
(pound)10  billion  over  five  years on its  21CN  initiative  (21st  Century
Network) to reduce  operating  expenses  by up to  (pound)1  billion per year,
while  enabling  revenue  expansion  into  differentiated,  higher-margin  new
services  -- all thanks to a single  network  carrying  voice,  data and video
signals.

Without getting too technical,  legacy SONET/SDH networks were designed in the
late 1970s to optimize voice traffic, but they can drop to 30% efficiency when
data and video applications are added. Next-generation networks, such as those
announced by British  Telecom,  represent a major  technological  improvement,
since they can deliver  triple-play  services at almost 100% efficiency  while
significantly reducing operating and maintenance costs.

Anticipating  this  market  opportunity,  we  shifted  our focus  from  legacy
SONET/SDH and Ethernet technologies to next-generation protocol test solutions
aimed at the deployment of converged,  IP-based networks.  Product launches in
2005 included a next-generation  SONET/SDH  analyzer,  featuring the latest in
generic  framing  procedure  (GFP),  virtual  concatenation  (VCAT)  and  link
capacity adjustment scheme (LCAS); a 10 Gigabit Ethernet (GigE) test solution,
a remote  Ethernet  tester to ensure quality of service (QoS);  and additional
Ethernet test  capabilities  to help carriers  operate their  high-performance
core, metro and edge networks.  We also formed an alliance with ADC Telecom to
provide a unique remote  Ethernet  test  solution for first-mile  applications.
Subsequent  to the  year-end,  we  launched  10 GigE and  Fibre  Channel  test
solutions for the system vendor market.

Given the protocol test market is  significantly  larger than the optical test
market,  our rich product pipeline in protocol  testing,  and four consecutive
quarters of sales growth in protocol  testing with the last quarter  exceeding
10% of Telecom Division  revenues,  we have high expectations for this product
line. We expect that protocol  sales will outgrow  optical sales to eventually
account  for 50% of our  Telecom  Division  revenues,  even though our optical
segment will continue to increase.

(1) World  Fiber  Optic Test  Equipment  (FOTE)  Markets,  June 2005,  Frost &
    Sullivan.

(2) Pro  forma  net  earnings  represent  a GAAP  net  loss of  $1.6  million,
    excluding $4.8 million in amortization of intangible assets,  $1.0 million
    in stock-based  compensation  costs and $0.3 million in restructuring  and
    other charges in 2005.


                                                2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 3


On the life sciences and industrial side:

Fluorescence imaging is one of the fastest-growing  segments of the microscope
industry.  To take  advantage of this market  opportunity,  EXFO has partnered
with  major  microscope  manufacturers  in the last two years to  deliver  the
leading fluorescence  illumination  system in North America.  We're now seeking
similar  penetration  in Europe and Asia through  regional  partnerships  with
microscope manufacturers.

The aging baby-boomer  market is placing stringent demands on manufacturers of
medical  equipment for devices like in-vitro balloon  catheters,  hearing aids
and asthma  inhalers.  Similarly,  high-tech  consumers  are  pushing  for the
continued miniaturization of devices such as digital cameras, personal digital
assistants (PDAs) and cellular phones. Given the demand for higher volumes and
miniature sizes, manufacturers of medical and electronic devices are requiring
exceptional   control  and   repeatability   for  their   precision   assembly
applications.  EXFO has  responded to this dual trend by bringing to market an
automated spot-curing platform that can be controlled via a personal computer.

FISCAL 2006 CORPORATE OBJECTIVES 

During  meetings with investors in the past year, I often asked myself whether
they are growing  tired of hearing the same story,  but I have come to realize
that most  investors  are  comforted by the  consistency  and coherence in our
long-term  strategy.  Consequently,  our corporate  objectives for 2006 bear a
strong resemblance to those of previous years. We intend to:

     |   INCREASE   SALES  MORE  THAN  15%   YEAR-OVER-YEAR   MAINLY   THROUGH
         MARKET-SHARE GAINS. It's hardly surprising that "market-share  gains"
         is a mantra  constantly  repeated  at EXFO,  since we  strive to grow
         faster than our industry year-in and year-out.  To achieve this goal,
         we intend to exploit  the  aforementioned  market  opportunities  and
         concentrate on solid execution.

     |   GENERATE  MORE THAN 5% IN  EARNINGS  FROM  OPERATIONS.  Higher  sales
         volumes,  increased  contribution  from  higher-margin  protocol test
         solutions,   improved  operating   efficiencies  and  continued  cost
         controls  should help us reach our objective.  This metric assumes no
         significant  currency  fluctuations nor closed acquisitions in fiscal
         2006.  If an  acquisition  is completed in 2006,  this metric will be
         revised accordingly.

     |   DERIVE AT LEAST 40% OF SALES FROM PRODUCTS ON THE MARKET TWO YEARS OR
         LESS. At EXFO, we remain attuned to customer and market requirements,
         not to  technology  for the  sake of it.  This  ambitious  innovation
         target is fully aligned with our fundamental goals of differentiating
         ourselves from the competition,  increasing market share and revenue,
         as well as improving gross margin and  profitability.  Stay tuned for
         several new product introductions in 2006.

Clearly,  EXFO is one of the best-positioned  companies in the global test and
measurement  industry. We generated $14.0 million in cash flows from operating
activities in 2005 to increase our cash and  short-term  investments to $112.0
million,  or $1.62 per  diluted  share.  This strong  cash  position  provides
comfort to our customers,  while offering us the flexibility to accelerate our
long-term growth strategy through select  acquisitions.  Typically,  we target
companies  with  leading-edge  technologies  that are deemed  strategic to our
long-term  success.  As a  disciplined  acquirer,  we  will  only  complete  a
transaction if we firmly believe there are real synergies leading to long-term
value creation.


                      Corporate Highlights -- Fiscal 2005

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
[PHOTOGRAPH -- PPM-350B | PON Power Meter

September 2004
  | Consolidates Photonics and Life Sciences Division in Toronto

October 2004
  | PON power meter selected by a Tier-1 NSP in the US 
  | Launches next-generation SONET/SDH analyzer 
  | Releases software suite for Ethernet testing 
  | Introduces OmniCure Series 2000 Spot-Curing System

November 2004
  | Introduces optical spectrum analyzer (OSA) for metro and access networks

December 2004

  | Forms alliance with ADC Telecom to offer integrated remote Ethernet test
    solution

  | Expands line of handheld testers with 600 series

January 2005
  | Receives sole-source approval for a line of FTTx test solutions from
    another Tier-1 NSP in the US 

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
[PHOTOGRAPH -- 600 SERIES | Line of handheld FTTx products]

  | PMD measurement method approved by International Telecommunication Union 
    (ITU)

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 4


In terms of  corporate  governance,  we put in place a number of charters  and
policies  in 2005 (see the  Investors  section of our Web site) in  compliance
with regulatory authorities.  We also implemented a "Whistleblower"  mechanism
on our Web site, which enables any interested party with significant  concerns
to send an anonymous e-mail to our Board's independent Lead Director. Finally,
we  continued  to work  diligently  towards  compliance  with  Section  404 of
Sarbanes-Oxley,  even though foreign  issuers were given an extra year's grace
by the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in the  US.  These  initiatives
demonstrate EXFO's commitment to best-in-class corporate governance practices.

WRAP-UP

We have  reached an important  milestone at EXFO.  Closing my 20th year at the
helm, I feel  privileged to lead such an accomplished  team of  professionals.
Most members of our senior  management  team have worked with me for more than
10 years and all have over a decade of industry-specific  experience.  Through
the years, we have found that excellent  results can only be achieved  through
disciplined,  long-term  strategic planning and a strong focus on execution at
all levels.

I'd  like  to   sincerely   thank  our   employees   for  their   hard   work,
excellence-driven  attitude and strong  commitment to growing their company --
this is no small feat given our high expectations! Similarly, I appreciate the
strong vote of confidence our increasing customer base has demonstrated in our
products and  services on a daily basis.  By sharing  their  expectations  and
future  requirements,  they are providing us with an  opportunity  to showcase
what we do best at EXFO:  enabling our innovations and expertise to reach out.
All of us are highly  committed to making the "EXFO  Experience" one that will
provide customers with unparalleled satisfaction.

---------------------------------------------------
"Through the years, we have found  that  excellent
results  can  only be  achieved  through
disciplined, long-term strategic planning and a 
strong focus on execution at all levels."
---------------------------------------------------

Many  thanks  as  well  to our  Board  of  Directors  for  its  wise  counsel,
availability, unwavering support and for sharing its industry-wide experience,
as well as to our shareholders for believing in our long-term vision. With the
continued  support of everyone,  I am looking forward to the challenges of the
new year with a large measure of confidence.

Sincerely,


/s/ Germain Lamonde

Germain Lamonde 
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
October 20, 2005



March 2005
   | Receives 2005 Growth Strategy Leadership Award from Frost & Sullivan
   | Launches all-band component analyzer at OFC/NFOEC2005
   | Achieves GAAP break-even in the second quarter

April 2005
   | Releases new software suite for remote Ethernet testing

June 2005
  | Launches 10 Gigabit Ethernet test solution
  | Increases sales and bookings for a seventh consecutive quarter

July 2005
  | Introduces key functionalities for next-generation SONET/SDH analyzer 
    series

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
[PHOTOGRAPH -- FTB-8100 | Next-Generation SONET/SDH Analyzer]

August 2005
  | Posts sales growth of 30.3% year-over-year
  | Completes fiscal 2005 with a total of 15 new products


                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  5


TELECOM DIVISION

TWENTY YEARS OF SHARED EXPERTISE

EXFO is no longer a teenager.  The telecom test and measurement company, which
was created with a $100  investment  inside a student  apartment in 1985,  has
turned  20!  Right  from  the  beginning,   EXFO  distinguished   itself  with
market-driven innovation,  strong focus on market leadership and commitment to
excellence in order to accomplish its ambitious goal of becoming the leader in
the global test and measurement industry. Along the way, we have established a
number of industry firsts:

     |   The first PC-based, modular test platform for field applications;

     |   The  first  all-in-one   optical  loss  test  set  combining  several
         instruments;

     |   The first portable polarization mode dispersion (PMD) analyzer;

     |   The first modular test platform to combine  optical and protocol test
         solutions;and

     |   The  first  line of  portable  test  instruments  designed  for  FTTx
         testing.

Innovation  aside, we have reached out to customers to share our expertise and
garner their feedback.  Many of our best product introductions,  in fact, were
the  result  of  working  with  customers  to  resolve  their  problems.   Not
surprisingly,   several  customer  relationships  have  evolved  into  genuine
partnerships over the years. Marketing books call this "customer intimacy"; at
EXFO, we call this putting the customer in the driver's seat.  Today,  we have
grown  into a  global  test and  measurement  company  with  more  than  2,000
customers in 70 countries and 20 years of experience in our back pocket.

LEADERSHIP IN FTTx TESTING

Network  operators are  increasingly  bundling voice,  video and data services
over a common  link,  while  stepping up  transmission  rates to meet  growing
demand for  bandwidth-hungry  applications.  Undoubtedly,  one of the  biggest
issues facing  network  operators  today is, "How much  bandwidth do end-users
really need?"  Depending  upon their answer,  operators have opted for various
fiber-rich network configurations falling under the generic FTTx name:

     |   Fiber-to-the-node  (FTTN),  which leverages the existing copper plant
         and new  electronics in the field,  typically  brings fiber to within
         3,000 feet of the premises in order to supply  approximately  20 Mb/s
         of bandwidth.  This  deployment  strategy  necessitates  less initial
         capital  expenditures  (CAPEX)  than the  other  two  solutions,  but
         requires more maintenance expenses (OPEX).

     |   Fiber-to-the-curb  (FTTC) extends fiber to within  approximately  500
         feet of the  premises  with the  remaining  link being  copper.  This
         network  architecture,  a compromise  solution between FTTN and FTTH,
         still requires  significant  electronics in the field and maintenance
         costs to deliver around 40 Mb/s.

     |   Fiber-to-the-home  or  premises   (FTTH/FTTP)   represents  the  most
         future-proof  solution,  since it can  deliver  100 Mb/s to a home or
         business.    It   can   easily   handle    several   HDTV   channels,
         video-on-demand,   peer-to-peer   file   sharing,   audio  and  video
         downloading.   FTTH/FTTP   requires   significant   initial   capital
         expenditures, but less long-term support costs.

EXFO has positioned  itself as the leading  provider of FTTx test solutions --
whatever the preferred architecture. Twenty years of closely working with lead
customers  around the world has enabled us to develop a line of FTTx  products
that is unmatched in terms of breadth, scope and effectiveness. As a result, we
have become the preferred FTTx test vendor for leading  carriers in the US and
Europe.


FTTx deployment architectures
                      [GRAPHIC OMITTED][GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                      [GRAPHIC OMITTED][GRAPHIC OMITTED]

2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  6



CONVERGED, IP-BASED TEST SOLUTIONS

There's no turning back.  Telecom  carriers are migrating  their  traditional,
circuit-switched voice networks to packet-based,  IP architectures in order to
better  deliver  cost-effective  triple-play  services  and  reduce  operating
expenses.  British Telecom Group, for example,  has announced its 21st Century
Network with enormous  potential for cost savings.  Carriers worldwide are now
deploying packet-aware,  add/drop multiplexers and multi-service  provisioning
platforms  (MSPPs) to provide  efficient  means of  transporting  packet-based
signals like Ethernet over next-generation SONET/SDH architectures.

                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
        [PHOTOGRAPH -- FTB-8100 | Next-Generation SONET/SDH Analyzer]

Always attuned to technological change, EXPO introduced new protocol analyzers
that  test  the  latest   standards   forming  the  basis  of   Ethernet   and
next-generation  SONET/SDH networks:  generic framing procedure (GPP), virtual
concatenation   (VCAT),   link   capacity   adjustment   scheme   (LCAS)   and
Ethernet-over-SOKlET   (EoS).  These  technologies  essentially  optimize  the
transport of packet-based  services over existing  SONET/SDH links.  EXFO also
launched a 10 Gigabit Ethernet test solution to help carries ensure quality of
service  (QoS) and  formed an  alliance  with ADC to offer  carriers  a unique
remote Ethernet test solution for their first-mile applications.  By combining
ADC's low-cost  Ethernet network  interface units (ENIUs) at customer premises
with EXFO's Remote  Ethernet  test  capabilities,  carriers can  significantly
reduce truck rolls for customer complaints while monitoring networks to assure
QoS.

GROWTH STRATEGY LEADERSHIP AWARD

Market share and EXFO go hand in hand. For the second  consecutive year, Frost
& Sullivan, the leading authority on the fiber-optic test industry, named EXFO
recipient of the Growth Strategy Leadership Award for the largest market-share
gains.  We moved from fifth to second place overall in the global  fiber-optic
test market in 2004,  attaining 10.3% of the world market share.  Based on the
Frost & Sullivan  report,  we were the only  vendor  among the top six to gain
market share in 2004;  we finished  first  overall in seven  portable  product
categories;  and we  improved  our  leadership  position  in  the  fiber-optic
installation  and  maintenance  test market segment from 17.4% to 22.2% during
the same period. "EXPO not only registered significant  market-share growth in
multiple market  segments of the optical test equipment  industry in 2004, but
it has  consistently  done SO for the past  several  years,"  Frost & Sullivan
said.

UNIQUE MODULAR PLATFORM STRATEGY

It is well known EXPO was first to market with the  introduction  of PC-based,
Windows-driven   modular  test   platforms   that  can   accommodate   several
plug-and-play  modules,  depending on the testing  requirements.  The inherent
value  proposition  lies  in  increased  flexibility,   reduced  training  and
long-term investment protection for the customer. On the other hand, it allows
EXPO to quickly develop best-in-class  technologies for one market segment and
leverage the same R&D investment  onto other markets through a common platform
strategy. This unique modular platform strategy has been strengthened over the
last 10 years  through the  release of  next-generation  platforms,  continued
introduction of new test modules,  and the development of fully automated test
sequences  for  ease  of  use in  the  field  and  optimal  efficiency  on the
manufacturing floor.



                      [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
[PHOTOGRAPHS -- FTB-400   | Universal Test System
                FTB-8510G | 10 Gigabit Ethernet Packet Blazer(TM)
                FTB-8520  | SAN Packet Blazer(TM)
                IQS-2700  | ECL Tunable Laser Source
                IQS-8510  | Ethernet Packet Blazer(TM)
                IQS-8510G | 10 Gigabit Ethernet Packet Blazer(TM)
                IQS-500   | Intelligent Test System]


                                                 2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 7


LIFE SCIENCES &
INDUSTRIAL DIVISION

DIFFERENT NAME, SAME COMMITMENT

The  alert-minded  will have noticed the subtle name tweaking from  "Photonics
and Life  Sciences"  to "Life  Sciences  and  Industrial"  division  to better
reflect our end-market focus. Despite the change in nomenclature,  the driving
force behind this division remains the same: leveraging core technologies into
life sciences and high-tech  industrial  markets in order to maximize  revenue
streams.

FLUORESCENCE MICROSCOPY

To meet demand for  instrumentation  critical  to life  science  research,  we
leveraged  our  ultraviolet/visible  spot-curing  expertise  used  in  optical
component  manufacturing to develop a high-powered  light source -- the X-Cite
120 Fluorescence  Illumination  System -- that provides unmatched  performance
for  laboratory  microscopes.   Its  proprietary   Intelli-LampTM  technology,
generating  more than 1,500 hours of lamp life,  was adapted for  fluorescence
microscopy  applications  as it delivers rich spectral  excitation with a more
uniform field of view than conventional  lighting systems. Most of the leading
microscope  manufacturers  around  the world  have  embraced  this  innovative
solution,  reselling it to their new and installed  base of customers  through
their own sales networks.

NANOTECHNOLOGY

Nanometer-scale  precision is becoming increasingly  important in life science
research,  but  we're  hardly  new to this  market  phenomenon.  Our  patented
Inchworm(R)  motors,  which were  initially  designed  for  optical  component
manufacturing  applications,  are among the industry's best with a positioning
resolution of 0.1 nm -- smaller than the size of an atom. Our Inchworm  motors
are now being used in highly advanced research and manufacturing projects such
as NASA's  next-generation  space  telescope.  In addition,  we offer a unique
array of  piezoelectric-based  positioning  systems,  combining stability with
extremely  smooth  and  predictable  instrument  motion,  for a variety of lab
applications  including  patch-clamp  experimentation,  electrophysiology  and
micromanipulation.  We have also developed a PiezoDrill(R),  which is used for
more esoteric procedures such as intracytoplasmic  sperm injection and nuclear
transfer.

LIGHT-BASED CURING

Over  the  years,  we have  become  the  authority  in  light-based,  adhesive
spot-curing  as well as process  control for the  assembly of  components  for
medical devices, optoelectronics and microelectronics. Our ultraviolet/visible
spot-curing  products deliver precise doses of the appropriate  spectral light
onto  photosensitive  adhesives  to  significantly  reduce  bonding  time  and
increase  repeatability.  In fiscal 2005,  our migration to a single  platform
culminated  with  the  release  of the  OmniCureTM  Series  2000,  a  high-end
automated  system  that can easily be  controlled  externally  from a personal
computer.

                      [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
[PHOTOGRAPHS -- X-Cite(TM) 120 | Fluorescence Illumination System
                LSS-8000 | Inchworm(R) Microdrive System
                PiezoDrill(R) | Inertial Impact Drill
                OmniCure(TM) Series 2000 | Ultravioliet/Visible Spot-Curing
                System]

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 8


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of the consolidated  financial condition
and results of operations  of EXFO  Electro-Optical  Engineering  Inc. for the
fiscal  years  ended  August  31,  2003,  2004  and  2005,  should  be read in
conjunction with our consolidated  financial  statements and the related notes
included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report.   Our  consolidated   financial
statements  are  reported in US dollars and have been  prepared in  accordance
with generally  accepted  accounting  principles in Canada,  or Canadian GAAP.
Significant  differences in measurement and disclosure from generally accepted
accounting  principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, are set out in note
21 to our consolidated financial statements.

The following  discussion  and analysis of financial  condition and results of
operations is dated November 3, 2005.


INDUSTRY  OVERVIEW 
Leading telecom operators (telcos),  mostly in the United States,  accelerated
fiber deployments deeper in their access networks during the last year because
they are involved in a  triple-play  war (even  quadruple-play  with  wireless
telephony)  against cable TV operators  (cablecos) to offer consumers  bundled
voice, data and video services. This broadband war between telcos and cablecos
contributed  to  an  increase  in  wireline  capital   expenditures  in  2005,
especially in the United States.

Leading US telcos, along with a number of Tier-II and Tier-III players,  opted
for an assortment of deployment strategies, including fiber-tothe-node (FTTN),
fiber-to-the-curb   (FTTC),   fiber-to-the-home   (FTTH)  or  its   equivalent
fiber-to-the  premises  (FTTP),  depending on the bets they placed in terms of
how much  bandwidth  will be required to meet the challenge from the cablecos.
These  deployments,  which  fall  under  the  generic  FTTx  name,  are not as
prevalent  in Europe and Asia.  However,  test  trials are  underway  in these
regions as a means to  increase  revenues  by  delivering  video  services  to
undercut  competition.  Note that Japan and Korea already have FTTx deployment
programs, aimed at delivering 100 Mb/s to every home, well underway.

As the demand for broadband  services  increases  worldwide,  voice,  data and
video are becoming mere applications on converged,  IP-based networks.  Telcos
around the world are migrating from public switched  telephone networks (PSTN)
to  packet-based,  IP networks in order to achieve  substantial  reductions in
operating  expenses and increased  profitability.  British Telecom Group,  for
example, announced it will spend (pound)10 billion over five years on its 21st
Century Network to reduce operating  expenses by up to (pound)1.0  billion per
year through a single network carrying voice, data and video signals.

Legacy  SONET/SDH  networks  were  designed  in the late 1970s to carry  voice
traffic.  Their efficiency  however can often times drop to as low as 30% when
combining voice, data and video services.  Next-generation  networks,  such as
those  announced  by  British   Telecom,   represent  a  major   technological
improvement,  since  they  can  deliver  triple-play  services  at  near  100%
efficiency,  regardless of the payload content,  while significantly  reducing
the cost of operating and maintaining networks.

These  key  market   trends   affected   multiple   segments   of  the  global
telecommunications  supply chain in 2005. System manufacturers  benefited from
orders by both telcos and cablecos for next-generation,  converged IP networks
as well as from  major  investments  by telcos in access  networks.  Component
vendors saw  incremental  demand for optical  components that support FTTx and
IP-based  systems.  Some test and measurement  equipment vendors attracted the
attention of telcos,  cablecos,  system  manufacturers and component  vendors,
especially ones offering test solutions for IP optical  networking and/or FTTx
applications.

COMPANY OVERVIEW 

EXFO is a recognized expert in the global telecommunications  industry through
the design and  manufacture  of advanced and innovative  test and  measurement
solutions.  The Telecom Division, which represents our main business activity,
offers a complete range of dedicated and integrated  test solutions to network
service  providers  (NSPs),  cable  operators,  system  vendors and  component
manufacturers in approximately 70 countries.  One of our strongest competitive
advantages   is  our   modular   test   platform   design   --   based   on  a
PC/Windows-centric  architecture -- which offers a series of test modules that
maximize technology reuse across multiple market segments at minimal cost. The
Life Sciences and  Industrial  Division,  formerly  called  Photonics and Life
Sciences  Division,  mainly  leverages  core  telecom  technologies  to  offer
value-added  solutions  for  life  sciences  applications  and  high-precision
assembly  processes,   such  as  those  required  for   microelectronics   and
optoelectronics.

This year marked EXFO's 20th  anniversary,  as the company was founded in 1985
in Quebec City,  Canada.  Our original  products  were focused on the needs of
installers  and  operators  of  fiber-optic  networks.   Customers  use  these
field-portable testing products for the installation,  maintenance, monitoring
and troubleshooting of optical networks.  In 1996, we supplemented our product
portfolio  with an  extensive  line  of  high-end  products  that  are  mainly
dedicated to research and development as well as  manufacturing  activities of
optical component manufacturers and system vendors.

In the last four years, we have enhanced our competitive  position through the
acquisition  of two protocol  test  businesses  in order to expand our product
offering and address our customers' requirements more completely.  In November
2001, we acquired Avantas Networks Corporation (renamed EXFO Protocol Inc.), a
supplier  of  protocol-testing   and  optical-network   performance-management
equipment for NSPs. This transaction was highly  strategic  because it enabled
us to combine optical and protocol test modules inside a single field-portable
test platform to help our  customers  increase  revenues and reduce  operating
costs. In October 2002, our  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  EXFO Gnubi,  purchased
substantially  all the assets of gnubi  communications,  L.P.,  a supplier  of
multi-channel   telecom  and  datacom   testing   solutions   for  the  system
manufacturer market. These strategic acquisitions,  which were consolidated in
Montreal  in fiscal  2004,  enabled  us to more than  double  our  addressable
market, as we expanded from optical testing to protocol testing  applications,
and to offer a more complete line of test solutions to our customers.

                                                 2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 9


Previously, we had completed two acquisitions to bolster growth in the optical
component  manufacturing  market.  We  acquired  Burleigh  Instruments,   Inc.
(renamed  EXFO  Burleigh  Products  Group  Inc.)  in  December  2000  for  its
wavelength measurement  instruments and nanopositioning  alignment systems. We
also added EFOS Inc. (renamed EXFO Photonic  Solutions Inc.) in March 2001 for
its precision  light-based,  adhesive  spot-curing  technology.  We have since
exited the optical component manufacturing automation business.

In fiscal  2005,  we launched  15 new  products,  including a  next-generation
SONET/SDH  analyzer for  characterizing  converged,  IP-based  networks;  a 10
Gigabit Ethernet (GigE) test solution to assess quality of service in core and
metro  networks;  a  new  software  suite  for  remote  Ethernet  testing  and
commissioning applications; an all-band component analyzer for FTTx and coarse
wavelength-division     multiplexing     (CWDM)     applications     in    the
manufacturing/research and development market; a series of three handheld test
instruments  for the  installation  and  maintenance  market;  and an  optical
spectrum analyzer (OSA) for CWDM applications in metro and access networks. In
addition,  we formed an alliance  with ADC Telecom to provide a unique  remote
Ethernet test solution for first-mile applications.

In 2005, we also consolidated our leadership  position in the FTTx test market
by recognizing  significant  revenue from two leading U.S. carriers  deploying
fiber in their access networks.  Our top customer accounted for 23.3% of sales
in 2005.  Subsequent to the year-end, we were selected as sole-source supplier
for all fiber deployment test applications by Deutsche Telekom AG -- including
FTTx.

We recorded a foreign  exchange loss of $1.3 million in fiscal 2005 due to the
significant  increase in the value of the Canadian dollar versus the US dollar
during that year. In addition to this foreign  exchange loss, our P&L (profits
and  losses)  line  items  in  2005  were  also  negatively  affected  by  the
appreciation  of the  Canadian  dollar,  since a  significant  portion  of our
expenses  are incurred in Canadian  dollars  while we report our results in US
dollars.

In the third  quarter of fiscal  2005,  EXFO was named  recipient  of the 2005
Growth  Strategy  Leadership  Award  by Frost &  Sullivan,  a  leading  market
research firm in the  telecommunications  test sector.  The award is presented
annually to the company whose visionary growth strategy  generates the largest
market-share  gains in the global  fiber-optic  test  equipment  market in the
previous year. Based on a report by Frost & Sullivan,  we increased our market
share  from 8.4% in  fiscal  2003 to 10.3% in 2004.  This  marked  the  second
consecutive year that we earned this industry award.

Finally,  during  fiscal 2005,  we  completed  the  consolidation  of our Life
Sciences  and  Industrial  Division  in Toronto  and we  recorded  $482,000 in
restructuring expenses.  Altogether, we incurred $2.5 million in restructuring
and other charges since the fourth  quarter of 2004 in  conjunction  with this
consolidation process.

SALES 

We sell our  products  to a  diversified  customer  base in  approximately  70
countries through our direct sales force and, indirectly, through distribution
channels. Most of our sales are denominated in US dollars and Euros.

Historically,  it has been very unusual to have any customer  account for more
than 10% of our  sales.  However,  in both  fiscal  2004 and 2005,  we had one
customer  that  accounted for 13.8% and 23.3% of our sales,  respectively.  In
fiscal 2005, our top three customers accounted for 28.4%, compared to 20.8% in
2004. We believe the sales  concentration in fiscal 2005 is largely due to our
leadership  position in the FTTx test market,  as a large portion of our sales
to our top customer was for a series of products  related to FTTx  deployment.
We expect this sales  concentration to decrease in fiscal 2006, as we continue
efforts to diversify our customer base.

Despite the fact that we had one customer  that  accounted  for a  substantial
part of our sales in fiscal  2005,  we  believe  that we have a vast  array of
products and a diversified customer base, both in terms of industry sector and
geographical  area,  which  provides  us with  reasonable  protection  against
concentration of sales and credit risk.

COST OF SALES 

Cost of sales includes raw materials, salaries and related expenses for direct
and indirect  manufacturing  personnel  (net of government  grants) as well as
overhead costs.  Excess,  obsolete and scrapped materials are also included in
cost of sales. However,  cost of sales is exclusive of amortization,  which is
shown separately in the statements of earnings.

OPERATING EXPENSES 

We classify our  operating  expenses into three main  categories:  selling and
administrative  expenses,  research and development  expenses and amortization
expenses.

Selling and administrative  expenses consist primarily of salaries and related
expenses for personnel (net of government grants),  sales commissions,  travel
expenses,  marketing programs,  professional  services,  information  systems,
human resources and other corporate expenses.

Gross  research and  development  expenses  consist  primarily of salaries and
related  expenses  for  engineers  and  other  technical  personnel,  material
component  costs  as well as fees  paid  to  third-party  consultants.  We are
eligible to receive research and development tax credits and government grants
on research  and  development  activities  carried out in Canada.  All related
research and development  tax credits and government  grants are recorded as a
reduction of gross research and development  expenses.  Tax credit  write-offs
are also included in net research and development expenses.

Operating charges related to our  restructuring  plans have been recorded as a
separate component of operating  expenses.  These charges consist primarily of
severance  expenses,  costs to exit leased facilities as well as write-offs of
long-lived assets.

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 10


OUR STRATEGY 

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES FOR FISCAL 2005 
In  our  fiscal  2004  Annual  Report,  we  had  established  three  strategic
objectives for fiscal 2005. We planned to increase sales through  market-share
gains, maximize  profitability and focus on innovation.  The following section
reviews our strategic  objectives for fiscal 2005 and the results achieved for
each of these objectives.

INCREASE  SALES  THROUGH  MARKET-SHARE  GAINS 
In fiscal 2005, we focused on continued  market-share gains to achieve growth.
We posted our second-best sales performance in history, growing sales 30.3% to
$97.2  million in fiscal 2005,  compared to a stated goal of 20%.  Considering
that the telecommunications market slightly improved in fiscal 2005, this is a
clear  indication  that we gained market share  overall.  For fiscal 2005, our
Telecom Division and our Life Sciences and Industrial  Division reported sales
increases of 36.1% and 8.6%, respectively.

MAXIMIZE  PROFITABILITY  
Returning to profitability  remains a top priority at EXFO. In fiscal 2005, we
substantially  reduced our loss from  operations  from $10.6 million in fiscal
2004 to $199,000  in 2005.  The loss from  operations  incurred in fiscal 2005
includes restructuring and other charges of $292,000,  recorded in conjunction
with the  consolidation  of the operations of our Life Sciences and Industrial
Division and stock-based compensation costs of $963,000.

FOCUS ON INNOVATION 
In  fiscal  2005,  innovation  was a key  driver  at  EXFO.  We  maintained  a
significant  level of research and  development  investments and introduced 15
new products to the  marketplace.  We invested $15.9 million in gross research
and development  expenses, an amount similar to 2004. In fiscal 2005, 42.4% of
our sales  originated from products that have been on the market for two years
or less, which is slightly below our stated goal of 45% for fiscal 2005. While
we slightly missed our target, this represents a significant  improvement over
the  prior  year  (31.7%),  thanks  to  the  20 new  products  brought  to the
marketplace  in fiscal  2004 -- several of which were  released  in the second
half of the fiscal year -- and the 15 new ones launched in fiscal 2005.

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES FOR FISCAL 2006 
For fiscal 2006, we believe general market conditions will moderately  improve
as carriers around the world intensify triple-play investments in an effort to
bolster  revenues and/or provide a  defensive/offensive  measure in the telcos
vs. cablecos  battle to deliver video,  data and voice services to residential
and business  customers.  This  ongoing  trend will prompt  increased  capital
expenditures (CAPEX) mainly in the access network market,  likely over several
years to come. On a more global basis,  the migration of these services onto a
single,  IP-based  network to reduce  operating  expenditures  will  instigate
increased  CAPEX in the network  core.  On the  strength of our  market-driven
research and  development  program,  we are  well-positioned  for these latest
industry trends.

As  one  might  expect,  our  strategic  directions,  and  therefore  our  key
performance  indicators,  will not be radically  different from those of 2005.
Since we are highly focused on creating value for our shareholders,  providing
the highest  degree of  profitable  growth is at the heart of our actions.  We
intend to maintain our  long-term  focus on  profitable  growth by  increasing
sales through  further  market-share  gains;  maximize  profitability  through
proper execution and efficiency of our cost-reduction  programs;  and focus on
innovation to positively  position the  organization  for the long-term growth
opportunities that exist in our space.

INCREASE SALES THROUGH MARKET-SHARE GAINS 
In fiscal 2006, we will continue  focusing on  market-share  gains and growing
faster than our end  markets.  In fiscal  2005,  our 30.3%  sales  growth in a
slightly  increasing  market clearly indicated that we gained market share. As
mentioned  earlier,  EXFO was  named  recipient  of the 2005  Growth  Strategy
Leadership Award by Frost & Sullivan.  The award is presented  annually to the
company whose  visionary  growth strategy  generates the largest  market-share
gains in the global  fiber-optic  test equipment  market in the previous year.
Based on Frost & Sullivan,  we increased  our market share from 8.4% in fiscal
2003 to 10.3% in 2004.  For fiscal  2006,  we intend  once again to grow sales
faster than the market by leveraging  our sustained  research and  development
investments in areas such as  next-generation  Internet protocol (IP) and FTTx
testing,  by intensifying our sales and marketing  efforts,  both domestic and
international,  as  well  as  by  strengthening  and  expanding  our  business
relationships with major accounts.

MAXIMIZE PROFITABILITY
Profitability  remains a top priority and we expect that sales growth combined
with a strong focus on operations  will increase our earnings from  operations
in fiscal 2006, assuming no acquisitions.

FOCUS ON INNOVATION 
In fiscal 2006,  innovation will continue to be a major growth vehicle for us,
as it significantly drives not only revenue and profitability, but also allows
us to better position ourselves in the long term. We remain convinced that our
commitment to innovation  will pay off in the long term and support our growth
and profitability targets as demonstrated during the last fiscal year. We have
maintained a significant  level of research and development  investments since
the telecom  peak in 2001 and brought 15 new  products to the  marketplace  in
fiscal  2005.  Now that our net  research  and  development  investments  as a
percentage  of sales are in line with our  long-term  model,  we  intend,  for
fiscal 2006 and beyond, to increase our investment in research and development
activities  in  proportion  to our sales  growth.  Our  numerous  but  focused
research  and  development  initiatives  should  enable  our new  products  to
continue   gaining  traction  with  customers  and  lead  to  further  growth,
market-share  gains and  increased  profitability  in the  coming  years.

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS 
As  measures  to  assess  the  realization  of  our  strategic  plan  and  its
objectives,  we have set out three consolidated key performance indicators for
fiscal 2006.

                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 11




They are summarized as follows:

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES FOR FISCAL 2006         KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS FOR FISCAL 2006
------------------------------------         ------------------------------------------
                                                                      
Increase sales through market-share gains    15% sales growth year-over-year

Maximize profitability                       5% in earnings from operations

Focus on innovation                          40% of sales from new products
                                             (on the market two years or less)


CAPABILITY TO DELIVER RESULTS 

At EXFO, we believe that we have the  capabilities to deliver expected results
thanks to outstanding products, an excellent reputation in the marketplace,  a
sound financial position,  as well as an experienced  workforce and management
team.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

Management's  discussion  and analysis of financial  conditions and results of
operations  is  based  on  our  consolidated   financial  statements  included
elsewhere  in this Annual  Report.  As  previously  mentioned,  they have been
prepared in  accordance  with  Canadian  GAAP.  The  preparation  of financial
statements in accordance  with GAAP requires  management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the
disclosures of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements,  as well as the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses  during
the reporting  years.  On an ongoing basis,  we evaluate  these  estimates and
assumptions,  including  those related to revenue  recognition,  allowance for
doubtful accounts, allowance for excess and obsolete inventories, research and
development tax credits and government grants, impairment of long-lived assets
and  goodwill,  valuation  allowance  of future  income tax  assets,  warranty
obligations,  restructuring  charges,  contingencies  and other obligations as
well as stock-based  compensation costs. We base our estimates and assumptions
on historical experience and on other factors that we believe to be reasonable
under  the  circumstances,  the  result of which  form the  basis  for  making
judgments  about the carrying  values of assets and  liabilities  that are not
readily  apparent from other  sources.  Actual results could differ from these
estimates.

The following  summarizes  our critical  accounting  policies as well as other
policies  that  require the most  significant  judgment  and  estimates in the
preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

REVENUE  RECOGNITION.  For  products  in  which  software  is  incidental,  we
recognize  revenue when  persuasive  evidence of an  arrangement  exists,  the
product has been delivered, the price is fixed and determinable and collection
of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. In addition, provisions are
made for estimated returns, warranties and support obligations.

For products in which software is not incidental,  revenues are separated into
two categories:  product and  post-contract  customer  support (PCS) revenues,
based upon vendor-specific  objective evidence of fair value. Product revenues
for these sales are recognized as described  above.  PCS revenues are deferred
and recognized ratably over the years of the support arrangement.

PCS revenues are recognized at the time the product is delivered when provided
within  one  year of  delivery;  the  costs  of  providing  this  support  are
insignificant  (and accrued at the time of delivery) and no software  upgrades
are provided.

For all  sales,  we use a  binding  purchase  order as  evidence  that a sales
arrangement exists.

Delivery generally occurs when the product is handed over to a transporter for
shipment.

At the time of the  transaction,  we assess whether the price  associated with
our  revenue  transaction  is  fixed  and  determinable,  and  whether  or not
collection is  reasonably  assured.  We assess  whether the price is fixed and
determinable  based on the payment terms associated with the  transaction.  We
assess  collection  based on a number of factors,  including past  transaction
history and the  creditworthiness  of the customer.  Generally,  collateral or
other security is not requested from customers.

Most sales arrangements do not generally include acceptance clauses.  However,
if a sales arrangement does include an acceptance provision, acceptance occurs
upon the  earliest  of the  receipt of a written  customer  acceptance  or the
expiration of the acceptance period. For these sales arrangements, the sale is
recognized when acceptance occurs.

Revenue for extended  warranties is recognized on a  straight-line  basis over
the warranty period.

ALLOWANCE  FOR  DOUBTFUL  ACCOUNTS.  We  estimate  collectibility  of accounts
receivable  on an  ongoing  basis by  reviewing  balances  outstanding  over a
certain  period of time.  We determine  our  allowance  for doubtful  accounts
receivable based on our historical accounts receivable  collection  experience
and on  the  information  that  we  have  about  the  status  of our  accounts
receivable balances. If the financial conditions of our customers deteriorate,
resulting  in an  impairment  of  their  ability  to make  required  payments,
additional allowance may be required,  which could adversely affect our future
results.

ALLOWANCE FOR EXCESS AND OBSOLETE INVENTORIES. We state our inventories at the
lower of cost, determined on an average cost basis and replacement cost or net
realizable value, and provide reserves for excess and obsolete inventories. We
determine  our  reserves  for excess  and  obsolete  inventories  based on the
quantities we have on hand versus expected needs for these inventories,  so as
to support  future  sales of our  products.  It is  possible  that  additional
inventory reserves may occur if future sales are less than our forecasts or if
there is a significant  shift in product mix compared to our forecasts,  which
could adversely affect our future results.

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 12


RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT TAX CREDITS AND GOVERNMENT GRANTS. We record research
and development tax credits and government grants based on our  interpretation
of tax laws and grant programs, especially regarding related eligible projects
and expenses, and when there is reasonable assurance that we have complied and
will continue to comply with all conditions  and laws.  Also, our judgment and
estimates are based on historical  experience.  It is possible,  however, that
the tax  authorities  or the sponsors of the grant  programs  have a different
interpretation  of laws and application of conditions  related to the programs
or that we do not comply with all conditions  related to grants in the future,
which could adversely  affect our future results.  Furthermore,  a significant
part of our tax credits are refundable  against income taxes payable,  causing
their  ultimate  realization  to be dependent  upon the  generation of taxable
income.  If we obtain  information  that causes our forecast of future taxable
income to change or if actual taxable income differs from our forecast, we may
have to revise the carrying value of these tax credits, which would affect our
results  in  the  period  in  which  the  change  was  made.   We  review  the
recoverability of such tax credits on a quarterly basis.

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND GOODWILL. We assess impairment of goodwill
on an annual basis, or more frequently,  if events or  circumstances  indicate
that it might be impaired.  Recoverability  of goodwill is  determined  at the
reporting unit level using a two-step approach. First, the carrying value of a
reporting unit is compared to its fair value,  which is determined  based on a
combination  of  discounted  future cash flows and a market  approach.  If the
carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value,  the second step is
performed. In this step, the amount of impairment loss, if any, represents the
excess of the carrying  value of goodwill  over its fair value and the loss is
charged to earnings in the period in which it is incurred. For the purposes of
this impairment  test, the fair value of goodwill is estimated in the same way
as goodwill is determined in business combinations; that is, the excess of the
fair  value of a  reporting  unit  over the  estimated  fair  value of its net
identifiable assets.

We assess  impairment  of  long-lived  assets  when  events  or  circumstances
indicate  that  costs  may not be  recoverable.  Impairment  exists  when  the
carrying value of an asset, or a group of assets,  is greater than the pre-tax
undiscounted  future  cash flows  expected  to be provided by the asset or the
group of assets.  The amount of impairment  loss, if any, is the excess of the
carrying value over the fair value. We assess fair value of long-lived  assets
based on discounted future cash flows.

FUTURE INCOME TAXES. We account for income taxes using the liability method of
tax  allocation.  Under this method,  future income tax assets and liabilities
are determined based on deductible or taxable  temporary  differences  between
financial  statement  values and tax values of assets and  liabilities,  using
enacted income tax rates for the years in which the  differences  are expected
to reverse.  In assessing the  recoverability of our future income tax assets,
we consider  whether it is more likely than not that some or all of the future
income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of our future
income tax assets is dependent  upon the  generation of future  taxable income
during  the  periods  in  which  those  temporary   differences   will  become
deductible.  As at  August  31,  2005,  we had  established  a full  valuation
allowance against our future income tax assets.

The valuation  allowance will be reversed once  management will have concluded
that realization of future income tax assets is more likely than not.

STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION  COSTS.  Since September 1, 2003, we account for all
forms of employee stock-based  compensation using the fair value-based method.
This method requires that we make estimates about the risk-free interest rate,
the expected volatility of our shares and the expected life of the awards.

On September 1, 2004,  we  prospectively  adopted the  following  new Canadian
Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) handbook sections:

    o    Section 1100, "Generally Accepted Accounting Principles"
    o    Section 1400, "General Standards of Financial Statement Presentation"

Furthermore, in January 2005, the CICA issued four new accounting standards in
relation to financial  instruments:  Section 3855,  "Financial  Instruments --
Recognition  and   measurement";   Section  3865,   "Hedges";   Section  1530,
"Comprehensive Income"; and Section 3251, "Equity".  These new standards apply
to fiscal years  beginning on or after October 1, 2006, and we will adopt them
on September 1, 2007.

Please  refer  to note 2 to our  consolidated  financial  statements  included
elsewhere  in this  Annual  Report for  further  information  about  these new
standards and their impact on our financial statements.

                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 13


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  Canadian  GAAP  consolidated
financial  statements data in thousands of US dollars,  except per share data,
and as a percentage of sales for the years indicated:  



CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS DATA:                  2005        2004      2003        2005        2004       2003
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     
Sales                                                  $ 97,216    $ 74,630  $ 61,930       100.0 %     100.0 %    100.0 %
Cost of sales (1)                                        44,059      34,556    36,197        45.3        46.3       58.4
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gross margin                                             53,157      40,074    25,733        54.7        53.7       41.6
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating expenses 
     Selling and administrative                          31,782      25,890    26,991        32.7        34.7       43.6 
     Net research and development                        12,190      12,390    15,879        12.5        16.6       25.6 
     Amortization of property, plant and equipment        4,256       4,935     5,210         4.4         6.6        8.4 
     Amortization of intangible assets                    4,836       5,080     5,676         5.0         6.8        9.2
     Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill            --         620     7,427          --         0.8       12.0
     Restructuring and other charges                        292       1,729     4,134         0.3         2.3        6.7
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating expenses                                 53,356      50,644    65,317        54.9        67.8      105.5
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss from operations                                       (199)    (10,570)  (39,584)       (0.2)      (14.1)     (63.9)
Interest and other income                                 2,524       1,438     1,245         2.6         1.9        2.0
Foreign exchange loss                                    (1,336)       (278)   (1,552)       (1.4)       (0.4)      (2.5)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings (loss) before income taxes                         989      (9,410)  (39,891)        1.0       (12.6)     (64.4)
Income taxes                                              2,623        (986)   15,059         2.7        (1.3)      24.3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss for the year                                  $ (1,634)   $ (8,424) $(54,950)       (1.7)%     (11.3)%    (88.7)%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic and diluted net loss per share                   $  (0.02)   $  (0.13) $  (0.87)
                                                                                                                   
Segment information 
Sales: 
     Telecom Division                                  $ 80,120    $ 58,882  $ 48,753        82.4 %      78.9 %     78.7 %
     Life Sciences and Industrial Division               17,096      15,748  $ 13,177        17.6 %      21.1 %     21.3 %
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       $ 97,216      74,630    61,930       100.0 %     100.0 %    100.0 %
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating earnings (loss): (2) 
      Telecom Division                                 $    763    $ (5,557) $     --         0.8 %      (7.4)%       -- % 
      Life Sciences and Industrial Division                (962)     (5,013)       --        (1.0)       (6.7)        --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       $   (199)   $(10,570) $     --        (0.2)%     (14.1)%       -- %
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Research and development data:
      Gross research and development                   $ 15,878    $ 15,668  $ 17,133        16.3 %      21.0 %     27.7 %
      Net research and development                     $ 12,190    $ 12,390  $ 15,879        12.5 %      16.6 %     25.6 %
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS DATA:
Total assets                                           $190,957    $172,791  $146,254
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) The cost of sales is exclusive of amortization, shown separately. Including inventory write-offs of $4,121,000 and an
    unusual gain of $473,000 for the year ended August 31, 2003.

(2) Comparative  information  for fiscal 2003 for the loss from  operations  is not available  and is  impracticable  to
    determine.


2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 14


SALES 

FISCAL 2005 VS. 2004 

In fiscal 2005, our global sales  increased  30.3% to $97.2 million from $74.6
million in 2004, with an 82%-18% split in favor of our Telecom Division.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED][BAR CHART]   05    04    03    02     01
($millions)                  97.2  74.5  61.9  68.3  146.0


TELECOM DIVISION

In fiscal 2005, sales of our Telecom Division increased 36.1% to $80.1 million
from $58.9  million in 2004.  Since the second  half of fiscal  2004,  we have
benefited  from an  increased  demand  for our test  solutions  following  the
deployment  of fiber deeper into access  networks  (FTTx).  In fiscal 2005, we
consolidated  our  leadership  position in the FTTx test market by recognizing
significant  revenue from two leading U.S.  carriers  deploying fiber in their
access networks.  Our largest  customer,  who purchased several orders of FTTx
test equipment,  accounted for 28.2% of telecom sales in fiscal 2005 (17.5% in
2004). In addition,  the positive spending  environment helped us increase our
sales in 2005.

Although  sales of our protocol  test  products  increased  sequentially  each
quarter in fiscal  2005 and reached  more than 10% of Telecom  revenues in the
fourth  quarter of 2005,  they still fell below 10% for the whole fiscal year.
Our penetration of the protocol test market has been modest since, in 2003, we
refocused our efforts onto next-generation  solutions,  which are at the basis
of the whole trend toward IP  convergence.  We expect that protocol sales will
equal  optical  sales on a medium- to long-term  basis given that the protocol
test market is more than double the size of the optical test market,  our rich
product pipeline in protocol testing,  and increasing  customer  traction.  We
remain  confident  that the solid  product  portfolio we are building for this
crucial end-market will lead to long-term growth for EXFO.

LIFE SCIENCES AND INDUSTRIAL DIVISION 

In fiscal 2005, sales of our Life Sciences and Industrial  Division  increased
8.6% to $17.1  million  from $15.7  million in 2004.  The increase in sales in
fiscal  2005,  compared to 2004,  is mainly due to  market-share  gains in the
fluorescence  illumination market as well as increased sales activities in the
curing market.

Overall, for the two divisions,  net accepted orders increased 35.6% to $101.7
million in fiscal 2005 from $75.0 million in 2004. Our net book-to-bill  ratio
rose to 1.05 in fiscal 2005,  from 1.00 in 2004. The increased  demand for our
test   solutions   for   FTTx   applications,   market-share   gains   in  the
telecommunications   and  life  sciences  markets,   as  well  as  the  slight
improvement in the  telecommunications  market  environment helped us increase
our bookings year-over-year.

For the upcoming quarters, we expect the sales split between the two divisions
to remain in the same range as for fiscal 2005.


FISCAL 2004 VS. 2003

In fiscal 2004, our global sales  increased  20.5% to $74.6 million from $61.9
million in 2003, with a 79%-21% split in favor of our Telecom Division.

TELECOM DIVISION 

In fiscal 2004, sales of our Telecom Division increased 20.8% to $58.9 million
from $48.8  million in 2003.  In 2004,  despite a  relatively  stable  carrier
spending  environment  compared to the  previous  year,  we  continued to gain
market share,  which helped us increase our sales  year-over-year.  We believe
these market-share gains are mainly attributable to our optical  field-testing
products,  which represent our traditional  core business,  since sales of our
protocol-layer  test solutions  represented just over 10% of our Telecom sales
in fiscal  2004.  In  addition,  we  benefited  from a slight  recovery in the
telecom system and optical manufacturing markets.  Finally, revenues from FTTx
test  solutions  were higher than  expected,  especially  with a leading  U.S.
carrier, which contributed to our sales increase.

LIFE SCIENCES AND INDUSTRIAL DIVISION 

In fiscal 2004, sales of our Life Sciences and Industrial  Division  increased
19.5% to $15.7  million from $13.2  million in 2003.  The increase in sales is
due to the greater demand for our high-precision assembly solutions.

GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION 

During fiscal 2005, sales to the Americas,  Europe-Middle  East-Africa  (EMEA)
and  Asia-Pacific  (APAC)  accounted  for 68%,  20% and 12% of  global  sales,
respectively.  Our sales to the Americas,  which increased 34% year-over-year,
benefited  from the  recent  deployments  of fiber  deeper in access  networks
(mainly in the United States).  Our sales to EMEA increased more significantly
(42%)  year-overyear,  mainly  due to  market-share  gains in both  divisions,
following our efforts to develop this important end-market. Finally, our sales
to APAC remained flat in dollars year-over-year.  A significant portion of our
sales to this region of the world are made through  price-driven  tenders that
may  vary in  number  and  importance  from  quarter  to  quarter.  Also,  the
competitive landscape in this market led to pricing pressure,  which prevented
us from increasing our sales year-over-year.

The geographic distribution of our sales remained unchanged as a percentage of
sales in fiscal 2004,  compared to 2003,  since all  geographic  areas had the
same growth level. Sales to Americas, EMEA and APAC accounted for 66%, 18% and
16% of global sales, respectively, for both fiscal years.

Through our two divisions, we sell our products to a broad range of customers,
including  network  service  providers,  cable  operators,  optical system and
component  manufacturers,  as well  as  customers  in the  life  sciences  and
high-precison  assembly  sectors.  In  fiscal  2004  and  2005,  one  customer
represented  more than 10% of our sales with 13.8% of sales ($10.3 million) in
fiscal  2004 and 23.3% of sales  ($22.6  million)  in 2005.  During  2003,  no
customer  accounted  for more than 10% of our sales.  In fiscal 2005,  our top
three customers accounted for 28.4% of sales, compared to 20.8% in 2004.

                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 15


GROSS MARGIN

Gross margin amounted to 54.7%, 53.7% and 41.6% of sales for fiscal 2005, 2004
and 2003, respectively.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED][BAR CHART]   05    04    03    02    01
($millions)                  54.7  53.7  41.6  23.4  61.5

FISCAL 2005 VS. 2004

The  increase in our gross  margin in fiscal  2005,  compared to 2004,  can be
explained by the following factors.  First, we were able to reduce our cost of
goods sold by better leveraging our supplier base and by developing innovative
new products with a cost-effective design. Also, the significant rise in sales
(30.3%  year-over-year)  resulted in an increase in manufacturing  activities,
allowing  us to better  absorb  our fixed  manufacturing  costs.  Furthermore,
streamlined  operations following our consolidation actions in fiscal 2004 and
2005 and  cost-reduction  programs  allowed  us to further  improve  our gross
margin.  In addition,  the shift in the geographic  distribution  of our sales
resulted in more sales made to the Americas  market,  where gross margins tend
to be higher  because we sell  direct to the  customers.  However,  a stronger
Canadian dollar, compared to the US dollar, prevented us, to some extent, from
further  improving  our  gross  margin  as some  cost of  sales  elements  are
denominated  in Canadian  dollars.  As well,  the  different  customer mix and
aggressive  pricing  pressure  observed in fiscal 2005 also  prevented us from
further improving our gross margin.

Over the past  months,  we adjusted  the design of some of our products and we
experienced  higher sales than expected.  Consequently,  we were able to reuse
excess  inventories  that were  written  off during the telecom  downturn  for
approximately  $1.6  million in fiscal  2005,  or 1.7% of sales,  compared  to
approximately  $600,000,  or 0.8%  of  sales  in  2004.  Inventory  write-offs
recorded during the telecom downturn were based on management's  best estimate
at that time.

FISCAL 2004 VS. 2003 

The  increase in our gross  margin in fiscal  2004,  compared to 2003,  can be
explained by several factors.  First, the rise in sales (20.5% year-over-year)
helped increase our gross margin.  Increased manufacturing  activities allowed
us  to  better  absorb  our  fixed  manufacturing  costs.  In  addition,   our
cost-reduction  measures,  the  consolidation of  manufacturing  sites and our
enhanced efficiency  further  contributed  to the  increase  in gross  margin.
However, a stronger Canadian dollar,  compared to the US dollar year-overyear,
prevented us, to some extent,  from further improving our gross margin as some
cost of sales elements are denominated in Canadian dollars. Finally, the gross
margin  recorded in fiscal 2003 included a charge of $4.1 million,  or 6.7% of
sales, for excess and obsolete inventories and an unusual gain of $473,000, or
0.7% of sales.

OUTLOOK FOR FISCAL 2006  

Considering  the  expected  sales  growth in 2006,  the  effect of our  recent
consolidation actions, the cost-effective design of our products and our tight
control on  operating  costs,  we expect our gross margin to improve in fiscal
2006.  However,  our gross margin may  fluctuate  quarter-over-quarter  as our
sales may fluctuate.  Furthermore, our gross margin can be negatively affected
by increased  competitive  pricing  pressure,  increased  obsolescence  costs,
shifts in  product  mix,  under-absorption  of fixed  manufacturing  costs and
increases in product offerings by other suppliers in our industry.  Finally, a
potential  increase  in the  strength  of the  Canadian  dollar  would  have a
negative impact on our gross margin in 2006.


SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE 

Selling and  administrative  expenses  were $31.8  million,  $25.9 million and
$27.0 million for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED][BAR CHART]   05    04    03    02    01
($millions)                  31.8  25.9  27.0  33.9  45.0


As a percentage  of sales,  selling and  administrative  expenses  amounted to
32.7%, 34.7% and 43.6% for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

FISCAL 2005 VS. 2004 

The increase in our selling and  administrative  expenses in dollars in fiscal
2005,  compared  to 2004,  is  mainly  due to our  decision  to  significantly
increase our sales activities to better leverage the significant  research and
development investments of the prior years, which resulted in higher sales and
marketing expenditures  (including  head-counts).  In addition, our commission
expenses increased year-over-year,  especially due to the increase in sales to
the Americas market.  Furthermore, a stronger Canadian dollar, compared to the
US dollar  year-over-year,  caused our selling and administrative  expenses to
increase,  as more than half of these are incurred in Canadian dollars.  Also,
stock-based  compensation  costs were higher in fiscal 2005 ($626,000) than in
2004 ($265,000),  further increasing our selling and  administrative  expenses
year-over-year.   Finally,   costs  to  comply   with   Section   404  of  the
Sarbanes-Oxley   Act  of  2002  further   increased   our  SG&A  (selling  and
administrative) year-over-year. However, we were able to mitigate the increase
in our selling and administrative expenses as well as reduce these expenses in
percentage of sales year-over-year due to tight cost-control  measures and the
consolidation of our Life Sciences and industrial Division.  In addition,  our
significant  increase  in  revenues  allowed  us to  reduce  our  selling  and
administrative expenses on a percentage basis.

FISCAL 2004 VS. 2003 

In fiscal 2004,  thanks to our  restructuring  actions and tight  cost-control
measures, we were able to reduce our selling and administrative expenses by 4%
year-over-year,  while our sales increased 20.5% in that same period. However,
several   factors   prevented  us  from  further   reducing   these   expenses
year-over-year. A higher sales volume in fiscal 2004, compared to 2003, caused
our  commission  and  marketing  expenses  to  increase.  In  addition,  since
September 1, 2003, we account for  stock-based  compensation  costs related to
awards granted to our employees,  which caused our selling and  administrative
expenses to increase year-over-year.  Furthermore, in fiscal 2003, we recorded
an unusual gain of $239,000 related to a grant recovery.  Finally,  a stronger
Canadian dollar,  compared to the US dollar year-over-year,  further increased
our  selling  and  administrative  expenses,  as more  than  half of these are
incurred in Canadian dollars.

OUTLOOK FOR FISCAL 2006

For fiscal 2006, we expect our selling and administrative expenses to increase
in  dollars  and  remain  relatively  stable  as a  percentage  of  sales.  In
particular,  we expect our  commission  expenses to  increase as sales  volume
increases.  Also,  considering  our goal of becoming 

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 16


the  leading  player  in the  telecom  test  and  measurement  space,  we will
intensify our sales and marketing  efforts,  both domestic and  international,
which will also cause our expenses to rise.  Finally,  a potential increase in
the  strength  of the  Canadian  dollar  would  also  cause  our  selling  and
administrative expenses to increase.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

GROSS RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

Gross research and development  expenses totaled $15.9 million,  $15.7 million
and  $17.1  million  for  fiscal  2005,  2004  and  2003,  respectively.  As a
percentage  of sales,  gross  research and  development  expenses  amounted to
16.3%, 21.0% and 27.7% for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, while net
research and  development  expenses  accounted for 12.5%,  16.6% and 25.6% for
these respective periods.

[GRAPHIC OMITTED][BAR CHART]   05    04    03    02    01
($millions)                  15.9  15.7  17.1  17.0  17.6

FISCAL 2005 VS. 2004 

We incurred most of our gross  research and  development  expenses in Canadian
dollars  as  we  have  consolidated  most  of  our  research  and  development
activities in Canada.  Consequently,  the significant increase in the strength
of the Canadian dollar,  compared to the US dollar year-over-year,  caused our
gross research and development  expenses to increase in fiscal 2005,  compared
to 2004. However, this increase was mostly offset by the decrease in our gross
research and development expenses in our Life Sciences and Industrial Division
following the  consolidation of this Division in Toronto.  The decrease in our
gross research and development  expenses,  as a percentage of sales, in fiscal
2005 compared to 2004, is directly attributable to the significant increase in
sales year-over-year while these expenses remained relatively flat.

FISCAL 2004 VS. 2003 

The decrease in our gross  research and  development  expenses in fiscal 2004,
compared to 2003, both in dollars and as percentage of sales, can be explained
by several factors. First, our restructuring actions, the consolidation of our
protocol  operations  in  Montreal,  as well as tight  cost-control  measures,
contributed  to the reduction of our gross research and  development  expenses
year-over-year.  In addition,  before the end of the year,  we  refocused  the
research  and  development  activities  of our Life  Sciences  and  Industrial
Division.  Finally,  mix and timing of our research and development  projects,
especially in our Telecom Division,  caused our gross research and development
expenses to decrease  year-over-year.  On the other hand, a stronger  Canadian
dollar, compared to the US dollar year-over-year, increased our gross research
and development expenses, as most of these are incurred in Canadian dollars.

TAX CREDITS AND GRANTS 

Tax credits and grants from the Canadian  federal and  provincial  governments
for research and development  activities  were $3.7 million,  $3.3 million and
$3.6 million for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

FISCAL 2005 VS. 2004 

The increase in our tax credits and grants in fiscal  2005,  compared to 2004,
is  mainly  related  to  the  increase  in our  eligible  gross  research  and
development  expenses  in Canada,  since we were  entitled  to  similar  grant
programs and tax credits  year-over-year.  Following the  consolidation of our
research  and  development  activities  in  Canada,  we  incurred  most of our
research and development expenses in Canada, where we are entitled to research
and development tax credits.

FISCAL 2004 VS. 2003 

The decrease in our tax credits and grants in fiscal  2004,  compared to 2003,
is  mainly  related  to  the  decrease  in our  eligible  gross  research  and
development expenses incurred in Canada, since we were entitled to similar tax
credits year-over-year.

We still  invested  significantly  in research and  development  activities in
fiscal 2005 as we firmly believe that innovation and new product introductions
are key in  gaining  market  share in the  current  economic  environment  and
ensuring the long-term growth and profitability of the company.

OUTLOOK FOR FISCAL 2006

For fiscal  2006,  we expect to increase our gross  research  and  development
expenses  in  proportion  to our  revenues,  as a  reflection  of our focus on
innovation,  our desire to gain market  share and our goal to exceed  customer
needs and  expectations.  Also,  a potential  increase in the  strength of the
Canadian  dollar  would cause our net  research  and  development  expenses to
increase, as most of these are incurred in Canadian dollars.

AMORTIZATION OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

For fiscal  2005,  amortization  of  property,  plant and  equipment  was $4.3
million,  compared  to $4.9  million  in 2004 and $5.2  million  in 2003.  The
decrease in amortization  expenses in fiscal 2005,  compared to 2004,  despite
the  significant  increase in the strength of the Canadian  dollar compared to
the US dollar, is mainly due to the fact that some of our property,  plant and
equipment became fully amortized during fiscal 2004.

OUTLOOK FOR FISCAL 2006 

For fiscal 2006,  despite a potential increase in the strength of the Canadian
dollar,  we expect  the  amortization  of  property,  plant and  equipment  to
decrease  compared to 2005  considering that some of these assets became fully
amortized in 2005 or will become fully amortized in 2006.

AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLE ASSETS

In conjunction  with the business  combinations we completed over the past few
years, we recorded intangible assets, primarily consisting of core technology.
These  intangible  assets resulted in  amortization  expenses of $4.8 million,
$5.1  million and $5.7 million for fiscal 2005,  2004 and 2003,  respectively.
The decrease in  amortization  expenses in fiscal 2005,  compared to 2004,  is
mainly  due to the  fact  that  some of our  core  technologies  became  fully
amortized during fiscal 2005.

The decrease in amortization expenses in fiscal 2004, compared to 2003, is the
result of the $2.9 million impairment charge recorded in the third quarter of
fiscal 2003.

OUTLOOK FOR FISCAL 2006 

For fiscal 2006, we expect the amortization of
intangible assets to approximate $3.3 million, assuming no acquisitions are
made during this period.

                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 17


IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND GOODWILL

FISCAL 2003 

In May 2003, we performed our annual  impairment  test of goodwill for all our
reporting  units,  except for newly  acquired  EXFO Gnubi.  Also,  considering
market  conditions  in the  telecommunications  industry  and  the  persisting
unfavorable conditions affecting our subsidiaries' industries at that time, we
reviewed the carrying value of intangible  assets  related to these  reporting
units, consisting primarily of acquired core technology.

As a result  of this  assessment,  we  concluded  that the  carrying  value of
goodwill related to EXFO Burleigh and the carrying value of intangible  assets
related to EXFO Burleigh and EXFO Photonic  Solutions  were  impaired,  and we
recorded an  impairment  charge of $4.5  million to write down  goodwill and a
pre-tax  impairment  charge  of $2.9  million  to  write  down  acquired  core
technology.  Of the total impairment charge of $7.4 million,  $6.9 million was
related to EXFO  Burleigh  for  goodwill  and  acquired  core  technology  and
$555,000 was related to EXFO Photonic Solutions for acquired core technology.

The  write-down of goodwill and acquired core  technology of EXFO Burleigh was
required,  considering  that we exited  the  optical  component  manufacturing
automation business, whose revenue potential represented a long-term prospect.
The write-down of acquired core  technology  from EXFO Photonic  Solutions was
required because revenue  potential  related to this long-lived asset was less
than  expected  in the short and medium term due to the state of the market at
the time.

However, no impairment of goodwill and intangible assets was required for EXFO
Protocol  since we believed  that revenue  potential  from the  protocol-layer
testing market would remain strong in the short and medium term.

For the purposes of estimating fair value, we used a combination of discounted
future cash flows and a market  approach  (sales  multiples).  The  discounted
future cash flows were estimated  using periods  ranging between eight and ten
years,  discount rates ranging  between 15% and 20%, and an annual growth rate
ranging  between nil and 35%. The sales  multiples used in the market approach
ranged between 0.7 and 2.3. The assumptions used reflected our best estimates.

FISCAL 2004 AND 2005

In fiscal 2004, we put one of our buildings located in Quebec City up for sale
and  received,  at the beginning of fiscal 2005, a formal  purchase  offer for
this  building.  Based on that  offer,  we  concluded  that the  building  was
impaired  and we recorded  an  impairment  charge of $620,000 in fiscal  2004,
representing  the  excess  of the  carrying  value  of the  building  over its
expected selling price. However, during the first quarter of fiscal 2005, some
conditions of the formal offer were not met and the offer was declined. During
fiscal 2005, we withdrew the building from the market.  As at August 31, 2004,
the building was not shown as a long-lived  asset held for sale in the balance
sheet  because it was still used and,  consequently,  it was not available for
immediate sale. This building reports to the Telecom Division.

In May 2004 and 2005, we performed our annual impairment test for goodwill and
concluded that it was not impaired. Goodwill will be reviewed for impairment
in May 2006, or prior if events or circumstances indicate it might be
impaired.

RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES 

FISCAL 2003 

In  fiscal  2003,  we  implemented  a  restructuring  plan to  align  our cost
structure with market conditions. Under that plan, we recorded charges of $4.1
million,  including  $2.8 million in severance  expenses for the 172 employees
who were terminated  throughout the company,  $512,000 for impaired long-lived
assets and $855,000 for future  payments on exited leased  facilities  located
around the world.  Our  estimation  of the fair value of such future  payments
took into account the estimated  sublease  rentals over the remaining terms of
the exited leases.

FISCAL 2004 AND 2005 

In fiscal  2004,  the Board of  Directors  approved  a  restructuring  plan to
consolidate  the  operations  of our Life  Sciences and  Industrial  Division,
transferring  EXFO  Burleigh's  operations  mainly to EXFO Photonic  Solutions
facilities  in Toronto.  The  consolidation  process,  which started in August
2004, was completed during fiscal 2005.

Overall, for that process, we incurred $2.5 million in restructuring and other
charges from which $2.0 million were recorded in fiscal 2004 and the remaining
of $482,000  were  recorded in fiscal  2005.  The  overall  costs,  which were
recorded in the  restructuring and other charges in the statements of earnings
of the  corresponding  years, are detailed as follows:  $855,000 for severance
expenses for the layoff of all employees of EXFO Burleigh; $1.3 million mainly
for the impairment of the EXFO Burleigh  building;  and the remaining $399,000
for other  expenses such as training and  recruiting  expenses and transfer of
assets.

The EXFO Burleigh  building was put up for sale in fiscal 2004,  but it is not
yet sold  because of the diffcult  real estate  market in  Rochester,  NY. The
building is available for sale in its present  condition and we expect to sell
the property within the next twelve months.  Consequently,  in accordance with
CICA handbook,  section 3475,  "Disposal of Long-Lived Assets and Discontinued
Operations",  it was shown in the balance sheet as a long-lived asset held for
sale.  The fair value used to determine  the  impairment  loss of the building
represents  our best  estimate of its selling  price based upon the  municipal
valuation. Since September 1, 2004, the building is no longer amortized.

Finally,  in fiscal 2005,  we recorded  adjustments  of $190,000 to the fiscal
2003 plan because actual charges, mainly for leased equipment, were lower than
expected.

Our  restructuring  plans and  cost-reduction  measures  represented  our best
efforts to respond  to the  difficult  market  conditions  of the past  years.
Although we believe  that such  restructuring  actions  were  appropriate  and
delivered the expected results,  changes in market or industry  conditions may
lead us to incur additional  restructuring actions and cost-reduction measures
in the coming years.

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 18


INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME 

Our interest  income mainly  resulted from our  short-term  investments,  less
interests  and bank  charges.  Interest  and  other  income  amounted  to $2.5
million,  $1.4  million  and $1.2  million  for  fiscal  2005,  2004 and 2003,
respectively.  The  increase in interest  income in fiscal  2005,  compared to
2004,  is due in part to the increase in our cash and  short-term  investments
following our public off ering in February 2004, the cash flows from operating
activities and the increase in interest rates year-over-year.  Also, in fiscal
2005, we recovered  research and  development  tax credits  earned in previous
years and we were granted $249,000 in interest by the tax authorities.

In fiscal  2004,  we recorded  one-time  revenue of  $265,000  for the sale of
non-core technologies.  Without this revenue,  interest and other income would
have been relatively flat compared to 2003.

Assuming  no  acquisitions  are made in fiscal  2006,  we expect our  interest
income to increase  during that fiscal year should interest rates increase and
because our cash and short-term  investments  should  increase with cash flows
from operating activities.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE LOSS 

Foreign exchange loss amounted to $1.3 million,  $278,000 and $1.6 million for
fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Foreign  exchange  gains  and  losses  are the  result of the  translation  of
operating activities denominated in currencies other than the Canadian dollar.
The significant exchange loss recorded during fiscal 2005 is the result of the
significant  increase in the value of the Canadian  dollar  compared to the US
dollar in fiscal 2005. For instance, the year-end exchange rate was Cdn$1.3167
=  US$1.00  in  fiscal  2004   compared  to  Cdn$1.1889  =  US$1.00  in  2005,
representing  an increase of nearly 10% in the value of the  Canadian  dollar.
The average  exchange rate for fiscal 2005 was Cdn$1.2315 = US$1.00,  compared
to Cdn$1.3300 = US$1.00 in 2004.

During  the  same  period  last  year,  the  Canadian  dollar  value  remained
relatively  stable  throughout the year,  resulting in a slight  exchange loss
during that  period.  In addition,  higher  levels of activity in fiscal 2005,
compared to 2004, further increased the foreign exchange loss in 2005.

It should be noted that additional  foreign  exchange rate  fluctuations  flow
through the P&L line items as a significant  portion of our operating elements
are denominated in Canadian dollars and we report our results in US dollars.

We manage our exposure to currency risks with forward exchange  contracts.  In
addition,  some of our Canadian entities' operating activities are denominated
in US dollars or other currencies,  which further hedges this risk. However, a
potential  increase in the value of the  Canadian  dollar,  compared to the US
dollar, would have a negative impact on our operating results.

INCOME TAXES 

Our income tax expense was $2.6 million for fiscal 2005, compared to an income
tax recovery of $986,000 for 2004,  and an income tax expense of $15.1 million
for 2003.

The income tax expense recorded in fiscal 2005 represents income taxes payable
in some  specific tax  jurisdictions,  mainly at the Canadian  federal  level.
Income  taxes  payable  at this  specific  level is reduced  by  research  and
development  tax  credits  that  are  recorded   against  gross  research  and
development expenses.

The  income tax  recovery  recorded  in fiscal  2004 is mainly due to the $1.4
million unusual income tax recovery  recorded during that year, offset in part
by income  taxes  payable in some  specific tax  jurisdictions,  mainly at the
Canadian  Federal  level.  The unusual tax  recovery  was due to the  receipt,
during that period,  of income taxes paid in previous  periods  following  the
reception of a tax assessment.

Since fiscal 2003, we have been recording a full valuation  allowance  against
our future  income tax assets  because it is more  likely  than not that these
assets will not be recovered.  The valuation  allowance  will be reversed once
management will have concluded that realization of future income tax assets is
more  likely  than not.  Consequently,  our  income  tax  rates are  distorted
compared  to  statutory  rates.  Please  refer to note 16 of our  consolidated
financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in this  Annual  Report for a full
reconciliation of the income tax provision.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 
CASH REQUIREMENTS AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

As at August 31, 2005,  cash and  short-term  investments  consisted of $112.0
million,  while  our  working  capital  was at  $135.3  million.  Our cash and
short-term  investments  increased  $22.9 million in fiscal 2005,  compared to
2004, mainly due to the cash flows from operating  activities of $14.0 million
as well as an  unrealized  foreign  exchange gain of $10.0 million on cash and
short-term  investments.  However,  this increase was partially  offset by the
cash payment of $1.5 million for the purchase of property, plant and equipment
as well as intangible  assets.  The unrealized  foreign exchange gain resulted
from the translation, in US dollars, of our  Canadian-dollar-denominated  cash
and  short-term  investments  and was recorded in the  cumulative  translation
adjustment in the balance sheet.

Our  short-term   investments  consist  of  commercial  paper  issued  by  six
high-credit quality corporations and trusts;  therefore,  we consider the risk
of  non-performance  of these  financial  instruments  to be  remote.  For the
purposes of managing our cash position,  we have established a cash management
policy,  which we follow and  monitor  on a regular  basis.  These  short-term
investments  will be used for  working  capital  and other  general  corporate
purposes, including potential acquisitions.

We believe that our cash balances and short-term investments, combined with an
available  line of  credit of $5.8  million,  will be  sufficient  to meet our
liquidity  and  capital  requirements  for the  foreseeable  future.  However,
possible  additional  operating  losses  and/or  possible  investments  in  or
acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies may require
additional financing. There can be no assurance that additional debt or equity
financing  will be available  when required or, if  available,  that it can be
secured on  satisfactory  terms.  Our line of credit  bears  interest at prime
rate.

                                                2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 19




The following table summarizes our commitments as at August 31, 2005:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Years ending August 31,              2006            2007           2008            2009    2010 and later              Total
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                            
        Long-term debt            $   134,000     $   147,000    $    51,000      $        -       $         -        $   332,000
        Operating leases            1,050,000         952,000        632,000         584,000         1,029,000          4,247,000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Total commitments          $ 1,184,000     $ 1,099,000    $   683,000      $  584,000       $ 1,029,000        $ 4,579,000
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SOURCES AND USES OF CASH 

We finance our operations and meet our capital expenditure requirements mainly
through  cash  flows  from  operating  activities,  the  use of our  cash  and
short-term investments as well as the issuance of subordinate voting shares.

In fiscal 2004, pursuant to a public offering in Canada, we issued 5.2 million
subordinate voting shares for net proceeds of $29.2 million (Cdn$38.4 million)
after deducting  underwriting  commissions of $1.2 million (Cdn$1.6  million).
These net  proceeds  were  recorded  as  short-term  investments.  Cash  flows
provided by financing  activities in fiscal 2004 were  attributable to the net
proceeds of this offering.

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Cash flows  provided by  operating  activities  amounted  to $14.0  million in
fiscal 2005, compared to $751,000 in 2004 and $5.6 million in 2003.

Cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  in fiscal  2005 were  mainly
attributable  to the net  earnings  after  items  not  affecting  cash of $9.1
million  and the  positive  net  change in  non-cash  operating  items of $4.9
million.  This net  change in  non-cash  operating  items is mainly due to the
decrease  of $6.1  million of our  income  taxes and tax  credits  recoverable
following  the  collection,  during the year,  of income taxes and tax credits
recoverable from previous periods.  On the other hand, our accounts receivable
increased by $838,000 and our inventories increased by $699,000.  The increase
of  our  accounts  receivable  is  related  to  the  increase  in  sales.  Our
inventories  slightly  increased  despite the significant rise in sales due to
tight inventory management.

Cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  in fiscal  2004 were  mainly
attributable  to the net  earnings  after  items  not  affecting  cash of $5.7
million, offset in part by the net increase of our non-cash operating items of
$4.9 million;  that is, our accounts receivable increased by $2.7 million, our
income  taxes and tax credits  recoverable  increased  by $2.5 million and our
inventories decreased by $1.0 million. The increase in our accounts receivable
is  directly  related to the  significant  sales  growth in fiscal  2004.  The
increase in our income taxes and tax credits  recoverable is mainly due to the
payment  during the year of income  taxes and to the  recognition,  during the
year, of research and development tax credits not yet recovered.  On the other
hand,  our  increased  sales level  combined with tight  inventory  management
enabled us to reduce our inventories overall.

We have delivered  positive cash flows from operating  activities for the last
three  fiscal  years,  despite  the fact  that we posted a net loss in each of
these years.

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Cash flows used by investing  activities totaled $13.0 million in fiscal 2005,
compared to $29.7 million in 2004 and $9.9 million in 2003.

In fiscal 2005, we acquired $11.5 million worth of short-term investments with
cash flows from  operating  activities  and cash on-hand and paid $1.5 million
for the  purchase  of  property,  plant and  equipment  as well as  intangible
assets.

In fiscal 2004, we acquired $28.6 million worth of short-term investments with
the net proceeds of the public offering. In addition, we paid $1.1 million for
the purchase of property, plant and equipment as well as intangible assets.

FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS 

We utilize forward exchange contracts to manage our foreign currency exposure.
Our  policy is not to  utilize  those  derivative  financial  instruments  for
trading or speculative purposes.

Our  forward  exchange   contracts,   which  are  used  to  hedge  anticipated
US-dollar-denominated sales, qualify for hedge accounting;  therefore, foreign
exchange  translation gains and losses on these contracts are recognized as an
adjustment of the revenues when the corresponding hedged sales are recorded.

As at August 31, 2005, we held contracts to sell US dollars at various forward
rates, which are summarized as follows:

                                               Weighted average
                                                 contractual
Expiry dates         Contractual amounts        forward rates
---------------------------------------------------------------
September 2005
to August 2006              $ 26,000,000               1.2630
September 2006
to November 2007               7,600,000               1.2500

As at August 31, 2005, the fair value of our forward exchange contracts, which
represents the difference between their contractual  amounts and their current
trading value, amounted to an unrecognized gain of $2.9 million.


RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

In fiscal 2003,  we acquired a building  from a company owned by the President
of EXFO for a cash consideration of $930,000. This transaction was measured at
the fair market value since it was not  conducted  during the normal course of
operations,  the change in ownership  interest in the building was substantive
and the fair market value was supported by independent appraisal.

In  addition,  for the  years  ended  August  31,  2003 and  2004,  we  leased
facilities  from the company owned by the President of EXFO. The annual rental
expense  amounted to $331,000 and nil,  respectively.  The rental  expense for
fiscal  2003  included  $234,000  for  future  

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 20


payments on an exited leased  facility.  As at August 31, 2004,  restructuring
charges payable included $194,000 due to the company owned by the President of
EXFO in connection with this exited leased  facility.  In September 2004, EXFO
was  released  from its  obligations  under that  lease,  and it paid the full
amount due to the related company.  These rental expenses were measured at the
fair  market  value  since they were  incurred  during  the  normal  course of
operations.

CONTINGENCY

As  discussed in note 12 to our  consolidated  financial  statements  included
elsewhere  in this  Annual  Report,  EXFO was named as a  defendant  in a U.S.
securities  class action related to its initial public  offering (IPO) in June
2000. The complaints allege that the prospectus and the registration statement
for the IPO  failed  to  disclose  that the  underwriters  allegedly  received
excessive   commissions   and  that  the   underwriters   and  some  investors
collaborated   in  order  to  inflate  the  price  of  EXFO's   stock  in  the
after-market.

In June 2003, a committee of EXFO's Board of Directors  conditionally approved
a  proposed   settlement  between  the  issuer   defendants,   the  individual
defendants,  and the plaintiffs.  If approved,  the settlement  would provide,
among other things, a release of EXFO and of the individual defendants for the
conduct  alleged in the action to be wrongful in the amended  complaint.  EXFO
would  agree  to  undertake  other   responsibilities  under  the  settlement,
including  agreeing to assign away, not assert,  or release certain  potential
claims EXPO may have against its underwriters.  Any direct financial impact of
the proposed settlement is expected to be borne by EXFO's insurance carriers.

On June 25,  2004,  the  Plaintiffs  moved  for  Preliminary  Approval  of the
settlement.  The court granted the preliminary approval motion on February 15,
2005, subject to certain modifications.  On August 31,2005, the court issued a
preliminary  order further  approving the  modifications to the settlement and
certifying  the  settlement  classes.  The court  also  appointed  the  Notice
Administrator for the settlement and ordered that the notice of the settlement
be distributed to all settlement class members beginning on November 15, 2005,
and completed by January 15, 2006.  The settlement  fairness  hearing has been
set for April 26, 2006.  Following the hearing,  if the court  determines that
the settlement is fair to the class members,  the settlement will be approved.
There can be no assurance that this proposed  settlement would be approved and
implemented in its current form, or at all.  Therefore,  it is not possible to
predict  the  final  outcome  of the case,  nor  determine  the  amount of any
possible losses. If the settlement process fails, EXPO will continue to defend
its position in this  litigation that the claims against it, and its officers,
are without merit Accordingly, no provision for this case has been made in the
consolidated financial statements as at August 31, 2005.

SHARE CAPITAL AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

SHARE CAPITAL 
As  at  November  3,  2005,   EXFO  had  37,900,000   multiple  voting  shares
outstanding,  entitling to ten votes each, and 30,674,617  subordinate  voting
shares  outstanding.  The multiple  voting shares and the  subordinate  voting
shares are unlimited as to number and without par value.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 
In January 2005,  EXFO made certain  amendments  to the existing  Stock Option
Plan,  including the renaming of the plan to Long-Term  Incentive Plan,  which
now includes restricted share units (RSUs) in addition to stock options.  RSUs
are "phantom"  shares that rise and fall in value based on the value of EXFO's
subordinate  voting shares and are  redeemable for actual  subordinate  voting
shares or cash, at the  discretion  of the Board of Directors,  on the vesting
dates  established by the Board of Directors at the time of grant. The vesting
dates are  subject to a minimum of three years and a maximum of ten years from
the award  date.  RSUs  granted  under the plan expire at the latest ten years
from the date of grant.

DEFERRED SHARE UNIT PLAN 
In January 2005,  EXFO  established  a Deferred  Share Unit (DSU) Plan for the
members of the Board of Directors as part of their annual  retainer fees. Each
DSU entitles the Board members to receive one subordinate  voting share.  DSUs
are acquired on the date of grant and will be redeemed in  subordinate  voting
shares when the Board member will cease to act as Director of EXFO.

The aggregate  number of  subordinate  voting shares covered by stock options,
RSUs and DSUs  granted  under the  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan and the Deferred
Share Unit Plan was  2,963,678  as at August 31, 2005.  The maximum  number of
subordinate  voting  shares  issuable  under  these  two plans  cannot  exceed
6,306,153  shares.  The following  tables  summarize  information  about stock
options, RSUs and DSUs granted to the members of the Board of Directors and to
Management and Corporate  Officers of the company and its  subsidiaries  as at
August 31, 2005:

                                               % of issued    Weighted average 
Stock Options                   Number     and outstanding      exercise price
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chairman of the Board, 
President and CEO 
(one individual)               168,424                 6 %              $ 9.34 
Board of Directors 
(five individuals)             194,375                 7 %              $ 6.23 
Management and Corporate 
Officers (nine individuals)    340,091                12 %              $14.39
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               702,890                25 %              $10.92
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 21


                                                                   % of issued
Restricted Share Units                              Number     and outstanding
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chairman of the Board, President and CEO
(one individual)                                    13,089                  7%
Management and Corporate Officers
(nine individuals)                                 151,096                 86%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   164,185                 93%

                                                                   % of issued
Deferred Share Units                                Number     and outstanding
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Board of Directors (five individuals)               23,734                100%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 
As of August 31, 2005, our off-balance sheet arrangements consisted of forward
exchange  contracts,  which  are  described  in  details  in  note  18 to  our
consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITY

As of August 31, 2005, we did not have  significant  interests in any variable
interest entities.

RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES 

Over  the  past  few  years,  we have  managed  our  business  in a  difficult
environment;  focused  on  research  and  development  programs  for  new  and
innovative products aimed at expected growth pockets in our sector;  continued
the development of our domestic and international  markets; and made strategic
acquisitions.  However,  we operate in a highly  competitive sector that is in
constant   evolution  and,  as  a  result,  we  encounter  various  risks  and
uncertainties  that must be given  appropriate  consideration in our strategic
management policies.

Firstly,  we  are  exposed  to  currency  risks  due  to  the  export  of  our
Canadian-manufactured products, the large majority of which are denominated in
US dollars. These risks are partially hedged by operating expenses denominated
in US  dollars,  the  purchase  of raw  materials  in US dollars  and  forward
exchange contracts. The increased strength of the Canadian dollar, compared to
the US dollar, over the last two years caused our operating expenses,  as well
as our foreign  exchange loss, to increase.  Any further increase in the value
of the Canadian dollar in the coming months will negatively affect our results
of operations.

Secondly,   during  the  last  few  quarters,  we  experienced  unusual  sales
concentration  with a U.S.-based  Tier-1 telecom carrier.  Although we believe
this sales concentration is largely due to our leadership position in the FTTx
test market,  orders from this  customer can  fluctuate in upcoming  quarters,
depending  on  the  carrier's  deployment  needs,  products  requirements  and
schedule.

In addition,  risks and uncertainties related to the  telecommunications  test
and measurement  industry  involve the rapid  development of new products that
may have short life cycles and require extensive research and development; the
difficulty of adequately  predicting market size and trends; the difficulty of
retaining highly skilled employees;  and the ability to quickly adapt our cost
structure to changing market conditions in order to achieve profitability.

Furthermore,  given our strategic goals for growth and competitive positioning
in our industry,  we are continuously  expanding into  international  markets.
This exposes us to certain risks and uncertainties related to changes in local
laws and regulations, multiple technological standards, protective legislation
and pricing pressure.

Also,  while strategic  acquisitions,  like those we have made in the past and
possibly  others in the future,  are essential to our long-term  growth,  they
also  expose us to certain  risks and  uncertainties  related to the rapid and
effective   integration  of  these  businesses  as  well  as  their  products,
technologies and personnel.

The  economic  environment  of our  industry  could also result in some of our
customers  experiencing  difficulties  and,  consequently,  this  could have a
negative  effect  on our  results  especially  in terms of  future  sales  and
recoverability of accounts  receivable.  However, the sectorial and geographic
diversity  of our  customer  base  provides  us  with a  reasonable  level  of
protection  in  this  area.  Finally,  other  financial   instruments,   which
potentially  subject us to credit risks,  consist  mainly of cash,  short-term
investments and forward exchange contracts. Our short-term investments consist
of debt instruments issued by six high-credit quality corporations and trusts.
Our cash and forward exchange contracts are held with or issued by high-credit
quality   financial   institutions;   therefore,   we  consider  the  risk  of
non-performance on these instruments to be remote.

For a more complete  understanding  of risk factors that may affect us, please
refer to the risk factors set forth in our disclosure documents published with
securities commissions at www.sedar.com in Canada or www.edgar.com in the U.S.

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 22


QUARTERLY SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (unaudited) 
(tabular amounts in thousands of US dollars, except per share data)



                                                                                    Years ended
                                1st quarter   2nd quarter  3rd quarter  4th quarter  August 31,
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
2005
Sales                             $ 21,597     $ 23,135     $ 26,180     $ 26,304     $ 97,216
Cost of sales                     $ 10,225     $ 10,431     $ 11,478     $ 11,925     $ 44,059
Gross margin                      $ 11,372     $ 12,704     $ 14,702     $ 14,379     $ 53,157
Earnings (loss) from operations   $ (1,337)    $   (182)    $    509     $    811     $   (199)
Net earnings (loss)               $ (2,373)    $      9     $    276     $    454     $ (1,634)
Basic and diluted net earnings
(loss) per share                  $  (0.03)    $     --     $     --     $   0.01     $  (0.02)

2004
Sales                             $ 15,962     $ 16,880     $ 20,456     $ 21,332     $ 74,630
Cost of sales                     $  7,815     $  7,528     $  9,637     $  9,576     $ 34,556
Gross margin                      $  8,147     $  9,352     $ 10,819     $ 11,756     $ 40,074
Loss from operations              $ (3,145)    $ (3,485)    $ (1,888)    $ (2,052)    $(10,570)
Net loss                          $ (2,008)    $ (2,885)    $ (1,188)    $ (2,343)    $ (8,424)
Basic and diluted net
loss per share (1)                $  (0.03)    $  (0.04)    $  (0.02)    $  (0.03)    $  (0.13)

2003
Sales                             $ 17,748     $ 14,753     $ 15,103     $ 14,326     $ 61,930
Cost of sales                     $  8,031     $  7,939     $ 10,460     $  9,767     $ 36,197
Gross margin                      $  9,717     $  6,814     $  4,643     $  4,559     $ 25,733
Loss from operations              $ (3,562)    $ (6,085)    $(18,924)    $(11,013)    $(39,584)
Net loss                          $ (2,158)    $ (4,246)    $(38,427)    $(10,119)    $(54,950)
Basic and diluted net
loss per share                    $  (0.03)    $  (0.07)    $  (0.61)    $  (0.16)    $  (0.87)

(1)  Per  share  data is  calculated  independently  for each of the  quarters
     presented.  Therefore,  the sum of this  quarterly  information  does not
     equal the corresponding annual information.


FOURTH-QUARTER RESULTS 

In the  fourth  quarter of fiscal  2005,  global  sales  were  $26.3  million,
compared to $21.3  million for the same period last year.  In fiscal 2005,  we
benefited  from an  increased  demand  for our test  solutions  following  the
deployment of fiber deeper into access networks (FTTx).  We also  consolidated
our  leadership  position in the FTTx test market by  recognizing  significant
revenue  from two  leading  U.S.  carriers  deploying  fiber  in their  access
networks.   In   addition,   the   positive   spending   environment   in  the
telecommunications  industry helped us increase our sales in 2005. Finally, we
gained  market  share  in the  fluorescence  illumination  market  as  well as
increased our sales in the curing market year-over-year.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005, gross margin amounted to 54.7% of global
sales,  compared  to  55.1%  for  the  same  period  last  year.  Despite  the
significant increase in sales year-over-year  (23.3%),  gross margin decreased
40 basis points due to aggressive pricing pressure in fiscal 2005, a different
customer mix and the increase in the strength of the Canadian  dollar compared
to the US dollar, year-over-year.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005,  earnings from operations were $811,000,
compared to a loss from  operations  of $2.1  million for the same period last
year.  Net earnings  amounted to $454,000,  or $0.01 per diluted  share in the
fourth  quarter of fiscal  2005,  compared to a net loss of $2.3  million,  or
$0.03 per diluted share for the same period last year.


                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 23


MANAGEMENT'S REPORT

EXFO's   management  is  responsible  for  the   preparation,   integrity  and
objectivity  of the  consolidated  financial  statements  and other  financial
information  presented in this Annual  Report.  These  consolidated  financial
statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian  generally  accepted
accounting principles and include some amounts that are based on estimates and
judgments.  Management  has determined  such amounts on a reasonable  basis in
order to ensure that the  financial  statements  are  presented  fairly in all
material respects.

EXFO's   policy  is  to   maintain  a  system  of  internal   accounting   and
administrative  controls --  reinforced by standards of conduct and ethics set
out in written policies -- to provide reasonable  assurance that the financial
information  is  relevant,   accurate  and  reliable,   and  that  assets  are
appropriately accounted for and adequately safeguarded.

The Board of Directors is responsible  for ensuring that  management  fulfills
its responsibilities for financial reporting and is ultimately responsible for
reviewing and approving the financial  statements.  The Board carries out this
responsibility principally through its Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is
appointed by the Board and is composed of independent  outside directors.  The
Committee meets  periodically  with management and external auditors to review
accounting,   auditing  and  internal  control  matters.   These  consolidated
financial statements have been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors
on the recommendation of the Audit Committee.

The    consolidated    financial    statements    have   been    audited    by
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, the external  auditors,  in  accordance  with the
Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public
Company   Accounting   Oversight  Board  (United  States)  on  behalf  of  the
shareholders.  The  external  auditors  have full and free access to the Audit
Committee.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.

We have  audited  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of EXFO  Electro-Optical
Engineering  Inc.  as at  August  31,  2005  and  2004  and  the  consolidated
statements  of earnings,  deficit and  contributed  surplus and cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2005.  These  financial
statements  are  the   responsibility   of  the  Company's   management.   Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with  Canadian  generally  accepted
auditing  standards  and  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting
Oversight  Board (United  States).  Those  standards  require that we plan and
perform  an  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  whether  the  financial
statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on
a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles used
and  significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the
overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the company as at August 31, 2005
and 2004 and the results of its  operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended August 31, 2005 in  accordance  with  Canadian
generally accepted accounting principles.



                                                             

/s/ Germain Lamonde              /s/ Pierre Plamondon          
---------------------------      -----------------------------    /s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
          Germain Lamonde |             Pierre Plamondon, CA |           Chartered Accountants |
Chairman, President and CEO           Vice -President, Finance            Quebec, Quebec, Canada
                                   and Chief Financial Officer                September 30, 2005


2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 24


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands of US dollars)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 As at August 31,                                                2005         2004
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         
 Assets
 Current assets
 Cash                                                       $   7,119    $   5,159
 Short-term investments (notes 8 and 18)                      104,883       83,969
 Accounts receivable (notes 8 and 18)
     Trade                                                     13,945       12,080
     Other                                                      2,007        1,532
 Income taxes and tax credits recoverable (notes 4 and 8)       2,392        7,836
 Inventories (notes 4, 5 and 8)                                17,749       15,371
 Prepaid expenses                                               1,112        1,513
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              149,207      127,460
 Income taxes and tax credits recoverable (notes 4 and 8)         459          449
 Property, plant and equipment (notes 4, 6 and 8)              13,719       15,442
 Long-lived asset held for sale (note 4)                        1,600        1,600
 Intangible assets (notes 4, 7 and 8)                           5,602        9,447
 Goodwill (notes 4 and 7)                                      20,370       18,393
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            $ 190,957    $ 172,791
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Liabilities
 Current liabilities
 Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (note 9)          $  12,201    $  11,393
 Deferred revenue                                               1,584          805
 Current portion of long-term debt                                134          121
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               13,919       12,319
 Deferred revenue                                               1,568        1,123
 Government grants (note 15)                                    1,872        1,690
 Long-term debt (note 10)                                         198          332
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               17,557       15,464
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Commitments (note 11)
Contingencies (note 12)

Shareholders' Equity
Share capital (note 13)                                       521,875      521,733
Contributed surplus                                             2,949        1,986
Deficit                                                      (381,846)    (380,212)
Cumulative translation adjustment                              30,422       13,820
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              173,400      157,327
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            $ 190,957    $ 172,791
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        /s/ Germain Lamonde            /s/ Andre Tremblay
                        ---------------------------    -------------------------
On behalf of the Board            Germain Lamonde |             Andre Tremblay |
                        Chairman, President and CEO    Chairman, Audit Committee

                                                2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 25


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(in thousands of US dollars, except share and per share data)

The accompanying  notes are an integral part of these  consolidated  financial
statements.



----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Years ended August 31,                                          2005        2004        2003
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 
 SALES (note 19)                                             $ 97,216    $ 74,630    $ 61,930
 COST OF SALES (1,2)                                           44,059      34,556      36,197
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Gross margin                                                  53,157      40,074      25,733
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 OPERATING EXPENSES
 Selling and administrative (1)                                31,782      25,890      26,991
 Net research and development (1) (notes 4 and 15)             12,190      12,390      15,879
 Amortization of property, plant and equipment                  4,256       4,935       5,210
 Amortization of intangible assets                              4,836       5,080       5,676
 Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill (note 4)             --         620       7,427
 Restructuring and other charges (note 4)                         292       1,729       4,134
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES                                      53,356      50,644      65,317
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 LOSS FROM OPERATIONS                                            (199)    (10,570)    (39,584)
 Interest and other income                                      2,524       1,438       1,245
 Foreign exchange loss                                         (1,336)       (278)     (1,552)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EARNINGS (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES (NOTE 16)                    989      (9,410)    (39,891)
 Income taxes (notes 4 and 16)                                  2,623        (986)     15,059
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 NET LOSS FOR THE YEAR                                       $ (1,634)   $ (8,424)   $(54,950)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Basic and diluted net loss per share                        $  (0.02)   $  (0.13)   $  (0.87)

 Basic weighted average number
    of shares outstanding (OOO's)                              68,526      66,020      62,852

 Diluted weighted average number
    of shares outstanding (OOO's) (note 17)                    68,981      66,615      63,317

(1) Stock-based compensation costs included in: (note 14)

Cost of sales                                                $    143    $     62    $     --
Selling and administrative                                        626         265          --
 Net research and development                                     194         122          --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             $    963    $    449    $     --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(2)  The cost of sales is exclusive of  amortization,  shown  separately.  The
     cost of  sales  the  year  ended  August  31,  2003,  includes  inventory
     write-offs of $4,1 21 (note 4).

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 26


Consolidated Statements of Deficit and Contributed Surplus
(in thousands of US dollars)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.

DEFICIT
Years ended August 31,                           2005         2004         2003
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE -- BEGINNING OF YEAR                $(380,212)   $(371,788)   $(316,838)

ADD  
Net loss for the year                          (1,634)      (8,424)     (54,950)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE -- END OF YEAR                      $(381,846)   $(380,212)   $(371,788)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTRIBUTED SURPLUS

Years ended August 31,                           2005         2004         2003
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE -- BEGINNING OF YEAR                $   1,986    $   1,519    $   1,487

ADD  
Premium on resale of share capital                 --           18           32
Stock-based compensation costs                    963          449           --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance -- End of year                      $   2,949    $   1,986    $   1,519


                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 27


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands of US dollars)

The accompanying  notes are an integral part of these  consolidated  financial
statements.



Years ended August 31,                                   2005         2004         2003
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss for the year                               $  (1,634)   $  (8,424)   $ (54,950)
Add (deduct) items not affecting cash
   Discount on short-term investments                    (302)         197          (96)
   Stock-based compensation costs                         963          449           --
   Inventory and tax credit write-offs                     --           --        6,418
   Amortization                                         9,092       10,015       10,886
   Impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill            --          620        7,427
   Restructuring and other charges                         --        1,261          512
   Future income taxes                                     --           --       10,138
   Deferred revenue                                       977        1,404          (24)
   Government grants                                       --          154          817
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        9,096        5,676      (18,872)
Change in non-cash operating items
   Accounts receivable                                   (838)      (2,677)       3,957
   Income taxes and tax credits                         6,096       (2,464)      13,489
   Inventories                                           (699)       1,016        7,925
   Prepaid expenses                                       544         (449)        (569)
   Accounts payable and accrued liabilities              (164)        (351)        (349)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       14,035          751        5,581
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Additions to short-term investments                  (585,665)    (653,348)    (401,105)
Proceeds from disposal and maturity of short-term     574,207      624,722      395,699
investments
Additions to property, plant and equipment and         (1,501)        (851)      (2,652)
intangible assets
Business combination                                       --         (241)      (1,867)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (12,959)    (29,718)       (9,925)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Repayment of long-term debt                              (121)        (109)        (133)
Net proceeds of offering (note 13)                         --       29,164           -- 
Share issue expenses                                       (6)        (137)          -- 
Exercise of stock options                                 148          254           45
Redemption of share capital                                --           (5)         (16)
Resale of share capital                                    --           23           48
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           21       29,190          (56)
EFFECT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH           863         (430)         638
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHANGE IN CASH                                          1,960         (207)      (3,762)
CASH - BEGINNING OF YEAR                                5,159        5,366        9,128
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH - END OF YEAR                                  $   7,119    $   5,159    $   5,366
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
Interest paid                                       $      30    $     408    $     417
Income taxes paid (recovered)                       $    (669)   $     120    $ (10,351)


2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 28


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(tabular  amounts in thousands of US dollars,  except share and per share data
and as otherwise noted)


1 | NATURE OF ACTIVITIES 

EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc. ("EXFO") designs, manufactures and markets
a  comprehensive  line  of  test  and  measurement   solutions  for  the  global
telecommunications   industry.  The  Telecom  Division,   which  represents  the
company's main business  activity,  offers  integrated test solutions to network
service  providers,  cable  operators,  system  vendors  and  optical  component
manufacturers.  The Life Sciences and Industrial  Division mainly leverages core
telecom technologies to offer value-added  solutions life sciences  applications
and   high-precision   assembly   processes,   such  as   those   required   for
microelectronics,  optoelectronics and medical devices. EXFO's products are sold
in approximately 70 countries around the world.


2 | SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION 
These consolidated  financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted  accounting  principles  ("GAAP") in Canada and significant
differences in measurement  and disclosure  from U.S. GAAP are set out in note
21.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts of the
company and its  domestic  and  international  subsidiaries.  All  significant
intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

ACCOUNTING  ESTIMATES 
The preparation of financial  statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting  principles  requires  management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosures
of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial  statements,
as well as the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
years.  significant  estimates  include the  allowance  for doubtful  accounts
receivable,  tax  credits  recoverable,  provision  for  excess  and  obsolete
inventories,  useful lives of capital assets,  valuation of intangible  assets
and  goodwill,  future  income  taxes  valuation  allowance,  certain  accrued
liabilities and stock-based  compensation  costs.  Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

REPORTING CURRENCY 
The functional currency of the company is the Canadian dollar. The company has
adopted the US dollar as its reporting currency.  The financial statements are
translated  into the reporting  currency using the current rate method.  Under
this method,  the  financial  statements  are  translated  into the  reporting
currency as follows:  assets and  liabilities  are  translated at the exchange
rate in effect on the date of the balance  sheet,  while revenues and expenses
are  translated at the monthly  average  exchange  rate.  All gains and losses
resulting from the translation of the financial statements from the functional
currency to the reporting currency are included in the cumulative  translation
adjustment in shareholders' equity.

In the event that  management  decides to declare  dividends,  such  dividends
would be declared in Canadian dollars.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION 

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS 
Transactions  denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are
translated  into the  functional  currency  as  follows:  monetary  assets and
liabilities  are  translated at the exchange rate in effect on the date of the
balance  sheet,  and revenues and expenses are translated at the exchange rate
in effect on the date of the transaction.  Non-monetary assets and liabilities
are  translated  at  historical  rates.  Gains and  losses  arising  from such
translation are reffected in the statements of earnings.

FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES 
The financial  statements of integrated foreign operations are remeasured into
the functional currency using the temporal method. Under this method, monetary
assets and  liabilities  are  remeasured at the exchange rate in effect on the
date of the balance sheet.  Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured
at historical rates, unless such assets and liabilities are carried at market,
in which case,  they are translated at the exchange rate in effect on the date
of the balance  sheet.  Revenues and expenses  are  remeasured  at the monthly
average exchange rate. Gains and losses resulting from such  remeasurement are
reffected in the statements of earnings.

FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS 
Forward  exchange  contracts are utilized by the company to manage its foreign
currency  exposure.  The company's  policy is not to utilize those  derivative
financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

The company's forward exchange contracts,  which are used to hedge anticipated
US-dollar-denominated sales, qualify for hedge accounting;  therefore, foreign
exchange  translation gains and losses on these contracts are recognized as an
adjustment of the revenues when the corresponding hedged sales are recorded.

Realized and  unrealized  gains or losses  associated  with  forward  exchange
contracts,  which  have  been  terminated  or cease to be  effective  prior to
maturity,  are deferred in the balance sheet and recognized in the earnings of
the period in which the underlying hedged transaction is recognized.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS 
Short-term  investments are valued at the lower of cost and market value. Cost
consists  of  acquisition   cost  plus   amortization   of  discount  or  less
amortization  of premium.  All  investments  with  original  maturity of three
months  or  less  and  that  are not  required  for the  purposes  of  meeting
short-term cash requirements are classified as short-term investments.

                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 29



INVENTORIES 
Inventories  are valued on an  average  cost  basis,  at the lower of cost and
replacement cost for raw materials and at the lower of cost and net realizable
value for work in progress and finished goods.

PROPERTY,  PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND AMORTIZATION 
Property,  plant and  equipment  are recorded at cost less related  government
grants and research and development tax credits. Amortization is provided on a
straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives as follows:

----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                TERM 
Land improvements                                            5 years 
Buildings                                                   25 years 
Equipment                                              2 to 10 years
Leasehold improvements                     The lesser of useful life
                                            and remaining lease term
----------------------------------------------------------------------

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, GOODWILL AND AMORTIZATION 
Intangible  assets primarily include the cost of core technology and software,
net of  accumulated  amortization.  Core  technology  represents  the existing
technology  acquired in business  combinations that has reached  technological
feasibility.  Amortization  is  provided  on a  straight-line  basis  over the
estimated  useful  lives of five years  for core  technology  and four and ten
years for software.

Goodwill  represents the excess of the purchase  price of acquired  businesses
over the estimated fair value of net identifiable assets acquired. Goodwill is
not  amortized  but must be tested for  impairment  on an annual basis or more
frequently  if events or  circumstances  indicate  that it might be  impaired.
Recoverability  of goodwill is determined at the reporting  unit level using a
two-step  approach.  First, the carrying value of a reporting unit is compared
to its fair value,  which is determined  based on a combination  of discounted
future cash flows and a market approach.  If the carrying value of a reporting
unit exceeds its fair value,  the second step is performed.  In this step, the
amount of impairment loss, if any, represents the excess of the carrying value
of  goodwill  over its fair value and the loss is charged to  earnings  in the
period in which it is incurred.  For the purposes of this impairment test, the
fair value of goodwill is estimated in the same way as goodwill is  determined
in business combinations; that is, the excess of the fair value of a reporting
unit over the estimated fair value of its net identifiable assets.

The  company  elected to perform  its  annual  impairment  test in May of each
fiscal year for all its existing reporting units and it recorded an impairment
charge for goodwill in fiscal 2003 (note 4).

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS 
Long-lived  assets are reviewed for impairment  when events and  circumstances
indicate that cost may not be recoverable. Impairment exists when the carrying
value of an asset or group of assets is greater than the  undiscounted  future
cash flows expected to be provided by the asset or group of assets. The amount
of impairment  loss, if any, is the excess of the carrying value over the fair
value.

The company  assesses  fair value of  long-lived  assets  based on  discounted
future cash flows.  The company  recorded  impairment  charges for  long-lived
assets in fiscal 2003 and 2004 (note 4).

WARRANTY

The company offers its customers  warranties of one to three years,  depending
on the specific  products and terms of the purchase  agreement.  The company's
typical  warranties  require it to repair or replace defective products during
the  warranty  period at no cost to the  customer.  Costs  related to original
warranties  are  accrued  at the time of  shipment,  based upon  estimates  of
expected  rework and warranty  costs to be  incurred.  Costs  associated  with
separately priced extended warranties are expensed as incurred.

REVENUE RECOGNITION
For products in which software is incidental,  the company  recognizes revenue
when  persuasive  evidence  of an  arrangement  exists,  the  product has been
delivered,  the  price  is  fixed  and  determinable,  and  collection  of the
resulting  receivable is reasonably assured. In addition,  provisions are made
for estimated returns, warranties and support obligations.

For products in which software is not incidental,  revenues are separated into
two categories:  product and  post-contract  customer  support (PCS) revenues,
based upon vendor-specific  objective evidence of fair value. Product revenues
for these sales are recognized as described  above.  PCS revenues are deferred
and recognized ratably over the years of the support arrangement. PCS revenues
are recognized at the time the product is delivered  when provided  within one
year of delivery;  the costs of providing this support are insignificant  (and
accrued at the time of delivery) and no software upgrades are provided.

For all sales,  the company uses a binding  purchase  order as evidence that a
sales arrangement exists.

Delivery generally occurs when the product is handed over to a transporter for
shipment.

At the  time of the  transaction,  the  company  assesses  whether  the  price
associated with its revenue  transaction is fixed and determinable and whether
or not  collection is reasonably  assured.  The company  assesses  whether the
price is fixed and determinable based on the payment terms associated with the
transaction.  The company  assesses  collection  based on a number of factors,
including past transaction  history and the  creditworthiness of the customer.
Generally, collateral or other security is not requested from customers.

Most sales arrangements do not generally include acceptance clauses.  However,
when a sales  arrangement  does include an  acceptance  provision,  acceptance
occurs  upon the  earliest  of receipt  of a written  customer  acceptance  or
expiration of the acceptance period. For these sales arrangements, the sale is
recognized when acceptance occurs.

Revenue for extended  warranties is recognized on a  straight-line  basis over
the warranty period.

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 30


                      [GRAPHIC OMITTED][GRAPHIC OMITTED]

ADVERTISING COSTS
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

GOVERNMENT GRANTS
Grants related to operating expenses are included in earnings when the related
expenses are incurred.  Grants  related to capital  expenditures  are deducted
from the related assets.  Grants related to job creation and training programs
for extended periods are deferred and amortized on a straight-line  basis over
the minimum period during which the created job must be maintained or training
provided. Grants are included in earnings or deducted from the related assets,
provided there is reasonable  assurance that the company has complied and will
comply with all the conditions related to the grant.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
All expenses  related to research,  as well as development  activities that do
not meet  generally  accepted  criteria for deferral are expensed as incurred,
net of related tax credits and government  grants.  Development  expenses that
meet generally accepted criteria for deferral, in accordance with the Canadian
Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) handbook Section 3450, "Research and
Development",  are  capitalized,  net of related tax  credits  and  government
grants,  and are amortized against earnings over the estimated benefit period.
Research and development expenses are mainly comprised of salaries and related
expenses, material costs as well as fees paid to third-party consultants.

As at August 31, 2005, the company had not deferred any development costs.

INCOME TAXES
The  company  provides  for income  taxes  using the  liability  method of tax
allocation.  Under this method,  future income tax assets and  liabilities are
determined  based on  deductible  or  taxable  temporary  differences  between
financial  statement  values and tax values of assets and  liabilities,  using
enacted income tax rates for the years in which the  differences  are expected
to reverse.

The company establishes a valuation allowance against future income tax assets
if,  based on available  information,  it is more likely than not that some or
all of the future  income tax assets will not be  realized.  Since  2003,  the
company  records a full valuation  allowance  against future income tax assets
(notes 4 and 16).

EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share are determined  using the weighted  average number of
common shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share are determined using the weighted average number of
common  shares  outstanding  during  the year,  plus the  effect  of  dilutive
potential common shares outstanding during the year. This method requires that
diluted earnings per share be calculated  (using the treasury stock method) as
if all dilutive  potential  common shares had been  exercised at the latest at
the beginning of the year or on the date of issuance,  as the case may be, and
that the funds obtained thereby (plus an amount  equivalent to the unamortized
portion of related stock-based  compensation costs) be used to purchase common
shares of the company at the average  market price of the common shares during
the year.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION COSTS 
Since  September  1, 2003,  the  company  accounts  for all forms of  employee
stock-based  compensation  using  the  fair  value-based  method.  Stock-based
compensation costs are amortized to expense over the vesting periods.

Prior to fiscal 2004, no stock-based  compensation  costs were  recognized for
employee  stock-based  compensation.  However,  the  company  is  required  to
disclose pro forma information with respect to net loss and net loss per share
as  if  stock-based  compensation  costs  were  recognized  in  the  financial
statements  using the fair  value-based  method for outstanding  stock options
granted prior to September 1, 2003 (note 14).

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND PRONOUNCEMENTS 

ADOPTED IN FISCAL 2005 
On  September 1, 2004,  the company  prospectively  adopted the CICA  handbook
Sections  1100  and  1400,  "Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles"  and
"General Standards of Financial Statement  Presentation".  Among other things,
these new sections define generally  accepted  accounting  principles  (GAAP),
establish the relative authority of various types of CICA Accounting Standards
Board  pronouncements and clarify the role of "industry  practice" in applying
GAAP.  The  adoption  of these new  standards  had no impact on the  financial
statements of the company.

TO BE ADOPTED AFTER FISCAL 2005 
In January 2005, the CICA issued four new accounting  standards in relation to
financial instruments: Section 3855, "Financial Instruments -- Recognition and
measurement";  Section 3865, "Hedges";  Section 1530,  "Comprehensive Income";
and Section 3251, "Equity".

Section 3855 expands on Section 3860, "Financial Instruments -- Disclosure and
Presentation",  by prescribing when a financial instrument is to be recognized
on the balance  sheet and at what  amount.  It also  specifies  how  financial
instrument gains and losses are to be presented in the financial statements.

Section 3865 provides an  alternative to Section 3855 for entities that choose
to designate  qualifying  transactions as hedges for accounting  purposes.  It
replaces and expands on Accounting Guideline 13, "Hedging Relationships",  and
on the hedging guidance in Section 1650,  "Foreign Currency  Translation",  by
specifying how hedge accounting is applied and what disclosures it requires.

Section  1530,  "Comprehensive  Income",   introduces  a  new  requirement  to
temporarily present certain gains and losses outside net income.

Consequently,  Section  3250,  "Surplus",  has been  revised as Section  3251,
"Equity".

Sections 1530, 3251, 3855 and 3865 apply to fiscal years beginning on or after
October 1, 2006.  The company  will adopt these new  standards on September 1,
2007.  While the  company  is  currently  assessing  the  effects of these new
standards,  impacts  consistent with the  adjustments  described under note 21
item b) of these consolidated financial statements are expected.

                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 31


3 | BUSINESS COMBINATION

GNUBI COMMUNICATIONS, L.P.

On October 7, 2002, a newly  created  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the company,
EXFO Gnubi Products Group Inc. ("EXFO Gnubi"),  acquired substantially all the
assets of gnubi communications,  L.P., a U.S. company supplying  multi-channel
telecom  and  datacom  testing  solutions  for  optical  transport   equipment
manufacturers as well as research and development laboratories.

This  acquisition was settled for a total  consideration  valued at $4,904,000
including  acquisition-related  costs  of  $162,000.  The  consideration  paid
consisted of $2,108,000 in cash (including a cash contingent  consideration of
$241,000, paid in fiscal 2004, based on EXFO Gnubi sales volume for the twelve
months following the  acquisition)  and the issuance of 1,479,290  subordinate
voting shares, valued at $2,796,000.

The  cash  contingent   consideration  was  accounted  for  as  an  additional
acquisition cost and was allocated to acquired core technology.

The fair value of the subordinate voting shares issued was determined based on
the market  price of the shares  beginning  three days before and ending three
days  after the  number of  shares  became  fixed  based on a  formula,  being
September 10, 2002.

This   acquisition   was  accounted   for  using  the  purchase   method  and,
consequently,  the results of  operations  of the acquired  business have been
included in the  consolidated  statement  of  earnings  of the  company  since
October 7, 2002, being the date of acquisition.

During fiscal 2004, EXFO Gnubi's  operations were consolidated with the parent
company's operations in Montreal, Canada.

The purchase price, including  acquisition-related  costs, was allocated based
on the  estimated  fair  value of net  assets  at the date of  acquisition  as
follows:

-------------------------------------------------------
Assets acquired 
   Current assets                            $    755
   Property, plant and equipment                  334
   Core technology                                750
Current liabilities assumed                      (134)
-------------------------------------------------------
Net identifiable assets acquired                1,705
Goodwill                                        2,958
-------------------------------------------------------
Purchase price                                  4,663
Less: Subordinate voting shares issued          2,796
-------------------------------------------------------
Cash paid on the date of acquisition         $  1,867
=======================================================

Acquired goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.

4 | SPECIAL CHARGES

IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND GOODWILL

2003 

In May 2003, the company  performed its annual impairment test on goodwill for
all  its  reporting  units,  except  for  newly  acquired  EXFO  Gnubi.  Also,
considering  market  conditions  in the  telecommunications  industry  and the
persisting  unfavorable  conditions affecting the subsidiaries'  industries at
the time, the company reviewed the carrying value of intangible assets related
to these reporting units, consisting primarily of acquired core technology.

As a result of this assessment,  the company concluded that the carrying value
of goodwill  related to EXFO  Burleigh  and the carrying  value of  intangible
assets related to EXFO Burleigh and EXFO Photonic Solutions was impaired,  and
it recorded a charge of $4,505,000 to write down goodwill and a pre-tax charge
of $2,922,000 to write down acquired core technology.  Of the total impairment
loss of  $7,427,000,  $6,872,000 was related to EXFO Burleigh for goodwill and
acquired core technology,  and $555,000 was related to EXFO Photonic Solutions
for acquired core technology.

For the purposes of estimating the fair values, the company used a combination
of discounted future cash flows and a market approach (sales  multiples).  The
discounted  future cash flows were  estimated  using periods  ranging  between
eight and ten years,  discount  rates  ranging  between 15% and 20% and annual
growth  rates  ranging  between nil and 35%. The sales  multiples  used in the
market approach ranged between 0.7 and 2.3.

The  assumptions   supporting  the  estimates  of  the  fair  values  and  the
undiscounted  future  cash flows,  including  industry  conditions,  reffected
management's best estimations.

2004 

In fiscal 2004, the company put one of its buildings  (located in Quebec City)
up for sale and received,  at the beginning of fiscal 2005, a formal  purchase
offer for this building.  Based on that offer, the company  concluded that the
building was impaired and it recorded an impairment loss of $620,000 in fiscal
2004,  representing  the excess of the carrying value of the building over its
expected selling price. However, during the first quarter of fiscal 2005, some
conditions of the formal offer were not met and the offer was declined. During
fiscal 2005, the company  withdrew the building from the market.  As at August
31, 2004,  the  building was not shown as a long-lived  asset held for sale in
the balance sheet because it was still used by the company and,  consequently,
it was not available for immediate sale. This building  reports to the Telecom
Division.

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 32


RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER CHARGES AND INVENTORY WRITE-OFF S

2003 

During fiscal 2003, the company  implemented a restructuring plan to align its
cost structure to market  conditions.  Under that plan,  the company  recorded
charges of $4,134,000,  including $2,767,000 in severance expenses for the 172
employees who were  terminated  throughout the company,  $512,000 for impaired
long-lived   assets  and  $855,000  for  future   payments  on  exited  leased
facilities. Those charges were included in the restructuring and other charges
in the  statement of earnings for the year ended August 31, 2003. In addition,
the company recorded $4,121,000 in inventory writeoffs for excess and obsolete
inventories,  which were  included  in the cost of sales in the  statement  of
earnings for that same year.

2004 and 2005 

During fiscal 2004, the company  approved a restructuring  plan to consolidate
the operations of its Life Sciences and Industrial Division, transferring EXFO
Burleigh's operations mainly to EXFO Photonic Solutions facilities in Toronto.
This consolidation process, which started in August 2004, was completed during
fiscal 2005.

Overall,  for that process,  the company incurred  $2,515,000 in restructuring
and other charges from which  $2,033,000  were recorded in fiscal 2004 and the
remaining of $482,000 were recorded in fiscal 2005. The overall  costs,  which
were  recorded in the  restructuring  and other  charges in the  statements of
earnings of the  corresponding  years,  are detailed as follows:  $855,000 for
severance  expenses  for  the  layoff  of  all  employees  of  EXFO  Burleigh,
$1,261,000  mainly for the  impairment of the EXFO  Burleigh  building and the
remaining $399,000 for other expenses such as training and recruiting expenses
and transfer of assets.

The EXFO Burleigh  building was put up for sale in fiscal 2004,  but it is not
yet sold because of the difficult  real estate  market in  Rochester,  NY. The
building is available for sale in its present condition and management expects
to  sell  the  property  within  the  next  twelve  months.  Consequently,  in
accordance with CICA handbook,  section 3475,  "Disposal of Long-Lived  Assets
and  Discontinued  Operations",  it  was  shown  in  the  balance  sheet  as a
long-lived  asset  held  for  sale.  The  fair  value  used to  determine  the
impairment loss of the building  represents the company's best estimate of its
selling price based upon the municipal valuation. Since September 1, 2004, the
building is no longer amortized.

Finally,  in fiscal 2005, the company recorded  adjustments of $190,000 to the
fiscal 2003 plan because actual  charges,  mainly for leased  equipment,  were
lower than expected.


                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 33


The following table summarizes changes in restructuring  charges payable since
August 31, 2002:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year ended August 31, 2005             Balance as at                                            Balance as at
                                     August 31, 2004   Additions   Payments   Adjustments     August 31, 2005
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   
FISCAL 2004 PLAN                                                                                     
Severance expenses                           $   467     $    83    $  (550)      $    --             $    --
Other                                             --         399       (399)           --                  --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 467         482       (949)           --                  --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL 2003 PLAN                                                                                     
Severance expenses                               109          --        (77)          (32)                 --
Exited leased facilities                         386          --       (229)           (7)                150
Other                                            197          --        (46)         (151)                 --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 692          --       (352)         (190)                150
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL 2001 PLAN                                                                                     
Exited leased  facilities                         10          --        (10)           --                  --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  10          --        (10)           --                  --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total for all plans (note 9)                 $ 1,169     $   482    $(1,311)      $  (190)            $   150
==============================================================================================================
                                                                                            
Year ended August 31, 2004             Balance as at                                            Balance as at
                                     August 31, 2003   Additions   Payments   Adjustments     August 31, 2004
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL 2004 PLAN                                       
Severance expenses                           $    --     $   772    $  (305)      $    --             $   467
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  --         772       (305)           --                 467
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL 2003 PLAN                                                                                      
Severance expenses                             1,233          --       (870)         (254)                109
Exited leased facilities                         748          --       (362)           --                 386
Other                                            295          --        (90)           (8)                197
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               2,276          --     (1,322)         (262)                692
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL 2002 PLANS                                 68          --        (68)           --                  --
Other                                                                                                 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  68          --        (68)           --                  --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL 2001 PLAN                                                                                      
Exited leased facilities                         124          --        (72)          (42)                 10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 124          --        (72)          (42)                 10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total for all plans (note 9)                 $ 2,468     $   772    $(1,767)      $  (304)            $ 1,169
==============================================================================================================
                                                       
Year ended August 31, 2003             Balance as at                                            Balance as at
                                     August 31, 2002   Additions   Payments   Adjustments     August 31, 2003
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL 2003 PLAN                                       
Severance expenses                           $    --     $ 2,767    $(1,534)      $    --             $ 1,233
Exited leased facilities                          --         855       (107)           --                 748
Other                                             --         512       (217)           --                 295
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  --       4,134     (1,858)           --               2,276
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL 2002 PLANS                                                                                     
Severance expenses                               231          --       (231)           --                  --
Other                                             68          --         --            --                  68
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 299          --       (231)           --                  68
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISCAL 2001 PLAN                                                                                      
Exited leased facilities                         483          --       (359)           --                 124
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 483          --       (359)           --                 124
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total for all plans                          $   782     $ 4,134    $(2,448)       $   --             $ 2,468
==============================================================================================================


2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 34


FUTURE INCOME TAX ASSETS AND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT TAX CREDITS RECOVERABLE

During  fiscal 2003,  the company  reviewed  the carrying  value of its future
income tax assets and its research and  development  tax credits  recoverable.
Considering  market  conditions  and because the  company  recorded  losses in
fiscal 2002 and 2003,  it concluded  that it was more likely than not that its
future  income  tax  assets  and  some  of  its  non-refundable  research  and
development tax credits were not  recoverable  and that a valuation  allowance
and a  write-off  were  required.  Accordingly,  the  company  recorded a full
valuation  allowance  of  $28,385,000  against  its future  income tax assets,
mainly  related to the parent  company,  EXFO  Protocol and EXFO  Burleigh and
wrote off $2,297,000 in  non-refundable  research and  development tax credits
related to EXFO Protocol.  The valuation  allowance was included in the income
taxes in the  statement  of earnings  for the year ended August 31, 2003 (note
16).  Research and development tax credit  write-offs were included in the net
research and  development  expenses in the statement of earnings for that same
year (note 15).

5 | INVENTORIES

As at August 31,                                            2005            2004
                                                  
Raw materials                                           $  9,373        $  7,244
Work in progress                                             934           1,370
Finished goods                                             7,442           6,757
                                                        $ 17,749        $ 15,371


6 | PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT



---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As at August 31 ,                                    2005                         2004
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Accumulated                  Accumulated
                                      Cost   amortization         Cost    amortization
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       
Land and land improvements        $  3,179        $   815      $ 2,868         $   558
Buildings                            9,206          2,250        8,311           1,699
Equipment                           33,216         29,553       29,110          23,422
Leasehold improvements               2,395          1,659        2,110           1,278
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    47,996        $34,277       42,399         $26,957
                                                  -------                      =======
Less: Accumulated amortization      34,277                      26,957
------------------------------------------                     -------
                                  $ 13,719                     $15,442
==========================================                     =======    


As at August  31,  2004 and 2005,  unpaid  purchases  of  property,  plant and
equipment amounted to $358,000 and $111,000, respectively.

7 | INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As at August 31 ,                                    2005                         2004
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Accumulated                  Accumulated
                                      Cost   amortization         Cost    amortization
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       
Core technology                    $35,554       $ 32,214      $32,815        $ 25,733
Software                             6,607          4,345        5,847           3,482
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    42,161       $ 36,559       38,662        $ 29,215
                                                 --------                     ========
Less: Accumulated amortization      36,559                      29,215
------------------------------------------                     -------
                                   $ 5,602                     $ 9,447
==========================================                     =======


Amortization  expenses for  intangible  assets in each of the next five fiscal
years will amount to $3,190,000 in 2006,  $893,000 in 2007,  $429,000 in 2008,
$352,000 in 2009 and $325,000 in 2010.

                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 35


Changes in the  carrying  value of goodwill  are as follows:  

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As at August 31,                                           2005           2004
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - Beginning of year                            $ 18,393       $ 17,673
Foreign currency translation adjustment                   1,977            720
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - End of year (note 19)                        $ 20,370       $ 18,393
==============================================================================

8 | CREDIT FACILITIES 

The  company  has a line  of  credit  which  provides  for  advances  of up to
Cdn$10,000,000  (US$8,411,000).  This  line  of  credit,  which  is  renewable
annually,  bears  interest  at prime  rate  (prime  rate in 2004).  Short-term
investments, accounts receivable,  inventories and all tangible and intangible
assets of the company were pledged as collateral  against this line of credit.
As at August 31, 2005, an amount of Cdn$3,163,000  (US$2,661,000) was reserved
from this  line of credit  for  letters  of  guarantee  and  forward  exchange
contracts.

9 | ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As at August 31,                                           2005           2004
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trade                                                   $ 5,781        $ 4,484
Salaries and social benefits                              4,526          3,932
Warranty                                                    725            390
Tax on capital                                              538            526
Restructuring charges (notes 4 and 20)                      150          1,169
Other                                                       481            892
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        $12,201        $11,393
==============================================================================

Changes in the warranty provision are as follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As at August 31,                                           2005           2004
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - Beginning of year                              $  390          $ 687
Provision                                                   869            564
Settlements                                                (583)          (889)
Foreign currency translation adjustment                      49             28
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance - End of year                                    $  725          $ 390
===============================================================================

10 | LONG-TERM DEBT

As at August 31,                                           2005           2004
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loans collateralized by equipment, bearing interest 
   at 9.6%, repayable in monthly instalments of 
   $13,000 including principal and interest, maturing 
   in 2008                                               $  332          $ 453
Less: Current portion                                       134            121
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         $  198          $ 332
==============================================================================

As at August 31, 2005,  minimum principal  repayments  required in each of the
next three years will amount to $134,000 in 2006, $147,000 in 2007 and $51,000
in 2008.

2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 36


11 | COMMITMENTS 

The company  entered  into  operating  leases for certain of its  premises and
equipment,  which expire at various  dates  through May 2011. As at August 31,
2005, minimum rentals payable under these operating leases in each of the next
five years will amount to  $1,050,000 in 2006,  $952,000 in 2007,  $632,000 in
2008,  $584,000 in 2009 and $594,000 in 2010. As at August 31, 2005, the total
commitment under these operating leases amounts to $4,247,000.

For the years ended August 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005,  rental expenses  amounted
to $1,718,000, $1,219,000 and $1,370,000, respectively (note 20).

12 | CONTINGENCIES 

CLASS ACTION 
On November  27,  2001,  a class  action  suit was filed in the United  States
District Court for the Southern District of New York against the company, four
of the  underwriters  of its Initial Public Offering and some of its executive
officers  pursuant  to the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and  Rule  10b-5
promulgated  thereunder  and Sections 11, 12 and 16 of the  Securities  Act of
1933. This class action alleges that the company's  registration statement and
prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 29, 2000,
contained material  misrepresentations and/or omissions resulting from (i) the
underwriters  allegedly  soliciting  and receiving  additional,  excessive and
undisclosed  commissions  from  certain  investors  in exchange for which they
allocated  material  portions  of the  shares  issued in  connection  with the
company's  Initial  Public  offering;  and  (ii)  the  underwriters  allegedly
entering into  agreements  with customers  whereby shares issued in connection
with  the  company's  Initial  Public  Offering  would be  allocated  to those
customers  in  exchange  for which  customers  agreed to  purchase  additional
amounts of shares in the after-market at pre-determined prices.

On April 19, 2002, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint containing master
allegations  against all of the  underwriters in all of the 310 cases included
in  this  class  action  and  also  filed  an  amended  complaint   containing
allegations  specific to four of the company's  underwriters,  the company and
two of its executive officers. In addition to the allegations mentioned above,
the amended complaint alleges that the underwriters (i) used their analysts to
manipulate the stock market; and (ii) implemented  schemes that allowed issuer
insiders to sell their shares  rapidly  after an initial  public  offering and
benefit from high market prices. As concerns the company and its two executive
officers in particular,  the amended  complaint alleges that (i) the company's
registration  statement was materially false and misleading  because it failed
to disclose the  additional  commissions  and  compensation  to be received by
underwriters;  (ii) the two named executive  officers learned of or recklessly
disregarded the alleged  misconduct of the  underwriters;  (iii) the two named
executive  officers had motive and  opportunity to engage in alleged  wrongful
conduct due to personal  holdings of the company's  stock and the fact that an
alleged  artificially  inflated  stock  price  could be used as  currency  for
acquisitions;  and (iv) the two named executive  officers,  by virtue of their
positions  with the  company,  controlled  the company and the contents of the
registration statement and had the ability to prevent its issuance or cause it
to be corrected.  The plaintiffs in this suit seek an  unspecified  amount for
damages suffered.

In July 2002,  the issuers filed a motion to dismiss the  plaintiffs'  amended
complaint  and judgment  was  rendered on February  19, 2003.  Only one of the
claims  against  the  company was  dismissed.  On October 8, 2002,  the claims
against its officers were  dismissed  pursuant to the terms of  Reservation of
Rights and Tolling Agreements entered into with the plaintiffs.

In June 2003, a committee of the  company's  Board of Directors  conditionally
approved a proposed  settlement between the issuer defendants,  the individual
defendants,  and the plaintiffs.  If approved,  the settlement  would provide,
among other things, a release of the company and of the individual  defendants
for the conduct alleged in the action to be wrongful in the amended complaint.
The  company  would  agree  to  undertake  other  responsibilities  under  the
settlement,  including agreeing to assign away, not assert, or release certain
potential  claims the company may have  against its  underwriters.  Any direct
financial  impact of the  proposed  settlement  is expected to be borne by the
company's insurance carriers.

On June 25,  2004,  the  Plaintiffs  moved  for  Preliminary  Approval  of the
settlement.  The court granted the preliminary approval motion on February 15,
2005, subject to certain modifications. On August 31, 2005, the court issued a
preliminary  order further  approving the  modifications to the settlement and
certifying  the  settlement  classes.  The court  also  appointed  the  Notice
Administrator  for the settlement and ordered that notice of the settlement be
distributed  to all settlement  class members  beginning on November 15, 2005,
and completed by January 15, 2006.  The settlement  fairness  hearing has been
set for April 26, 2006.  Following the hearing,  if the court  determines that
the settlement is fair to the class members,  the settlement will be approved.
There can be no assurance that this proposed  settlement would be approved and
implemented in its current form, or at all.  Therefore,  it is not possible to
predict  the  final  outcome  of the case,  nor  determine  the  amount of any
possible losses. If the settlement process fails, the company will continue to
defend its  position in this  litigation  that the claims  against it, and its
officers, are without merit. Accordingly,  no provision for this case has been
made in the consolidated financial statements as at August 31, 2005.

LETTERS OF  GUARANTEE  
As at August 31, 2005, in the normal course of its operations, the company had
outstanding letters of guarantee of Cdn$1,418,000 (US$1,193,000), which expire
at various dates  through  fiscal 2008 and that were reserved from the line of
credit.

                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 37


13 | SHARE CAPITAL 

Authorized -- unlimited as to number, without par value 
     Subordinate voting and participating,  bearing  a non-cumulative dividend 
        to be determined  by the Board of  Directors,  ranking pari passu with
        multiple voting shares
     Multiple voting and participating, entitling to ten votes each, bearing a 
        non-cumulative  dividend to be  determined  by the Board of Directors,
        convertible at the holder's option into subordinate voting shares on a
        one-for-one basis, ranking pari passu with subordinate voting shares

The following  table  summarizes  the share capital  activity since August 31,
2002:




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Multiple voting shares            Subordinate voting shares
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              Number       Amount         Number      Amount  Total amount
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        
Balance as at August 31, 2002             37,900,000      $    1      23,565,185   $ 489,610     $ 489,611
Business combination (note 3)                     --          --       1,479,290       2,796         2,796
Exercise of stock options (note 14)               --          --          25,498          45            45
Exercise of stock awards (note 14)                --          --          69,935          --            --
Redemption                                        --          --         (21,515)        (16)          (16)
Resale                                            --          --          21,515          16            16
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as at August 31, 2003             37,900,000           1      25,139,908     492,451       492,452
Public offering (1)                               --          --       5,200,000      29,164        29,164
Exercise of stock options (note 14)               --          --         111,071         254           254
Exercise of stock awards (note 14)                --          --          89,504          --            --
Redemption                                        --          --          (5,340)         (5)           (5)
Resale                                            --          --           5,340           5             5
Share issue expenses                              --          --              --        (137)          (137)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as at August 31, 2004             37,900,000           1      30,540,483     521,732       521,733
Exercise of stock options (note 14)               --          --          71,699         148            148
Exercise of stock awards (note 14)                --          --          53,592          --             --
Share issue expenses                              --          --              --          (6)            (6)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as at August 31, 2005             37,900,000      $    1      30,665,774   $ 521,874       $521,875
============================================================================================================

(1)  On February 12, 2004, pursuant to a Canadian public offering, the company
     issued   5,200,000   subordinate   voting  shares  for  net  proceeds  of
     $29,164,000 (Cdn$38,438,400),  after deduction of underwriting commission
     of  $1,215,000  (Cdn$1,601,000).  The net proceeds of this  offering were
     invested  in  commercial  paper  that  is  presented  in  the  short-term
     investments in the balance sheet (note 18).


2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 38


14 | STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS 

The maximum number of subordinate  voting shares  issuable under the Long-Term
Incentive  Plan and the  Deferred  Share  Unit Plan  cannot  exceed  6,306,153
shares. The maximum number of subordinate voting shares that may be granted to
any  individual  on an  annual  basis  cannot  exceed  5%  of  the  number  of
outstanding subordinate voting shares.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN 
In May 2000,  the  company  established  a Stock  Option  Plan for  directors,
executive  officers,  employees  and  consultants  and those of the  company's
subsidiaries,  as determined by the Board of Directors.  In January 2005,  the
company made certain  amendments to the existing Stock Option Plan,  including
the renaming of the plan to Long-Term  Incentive  Plan,  which  includes stock
options and restricted share units.

STOCK OPTIONS 
The exercise price of stock options granted under the Long-Term Incentive Plan
is the market price of the common  shares on the date of grant.  Stock options
granted  under the plan  generally  expire  ten years  from the date of grant.
Stock options  granted under the plan generally vest over a four-year  period,
with 25% vesting on an annual basis commencing on the first anniversary of the
date of grant. The Board of Directors may accelerate the vesting of any or all
outstanding stock options upon the occurrence of a change of control.

The following table summarizes stock option activity since August 31, 2002:



Years ended August 31,                                     2005                       2004                       2003
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Weighted                   Weighted                   Weighted
                                                        average                    average                    average
                                         Number  exercise price     Number  exercise price     Number  exercise price
                                                         (Cdn$)                     (Cdn$)                     (Cdn$)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 
Outstanding -- Beginning of year      2,934,518            $ 21  3,176,613            $ 23  2,597,574            $ 34 
    Granted                             246,233               6    536,500               5  1,268,450               3 
    Exercised                           (71,699)             (3)  (111,071)             (3)   (25,498)             (3) 
    Forfeited                          (345,293)            (27)  (667,524)            (23)  (663,913)            (25)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding -- End of year            2,763,759            $ 19  2,934,518            $ 21  3,176,613            $ 23
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Exercisable -- End of year            1,650,404            $ 28  1,331,707            $ 32  1,068,595            $ 33
=======================================================================================================================


The weighted  average  grant-date  fair value of stock options  granted during
fiscal 2004 and 2005 amounted to $2.73 and $3.51, respectively.

The fair value of stock  options  granted in fiscal 2003 (for pro forma only),
2004 and 2005 was estimated using the  Black-Scholes  options  valuation model
with the following weighted average assumptions:

Years ended August 31,                            2005      2004           2003
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Risk-free interest rate                           3.6%      2.7%           4.8%
Expected volatility                                95%      100%            80%
Dividend yield                                     Nil       Nil            Nil
Expected life                                66 months    49 months   36 months


If the fair value-based method had been applied to stock options granted prior
to September 1, 2003 and outstanding as at August 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, the
net loss and the net loss per share  would have been as follows on a pro forma
basis:

Years ended August 31,                            2005      2004         2003
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss for the year                         $ (1,634) $ (8,424)   $ (54,950)
Pro forma adjustment for stock-based 
   compensation costs                              131      (174)        (683)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pro forma net loss for the year               $ (1,503) $ (8,598)   $ (55,633)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic and diluted net loss per share          $  (0.02) $  (0.13)   $   (0.87)
Basic and diluted pro forma net loss 
   per share                                  $  (0.02) $  (0.13)   $   (0.88)

                                               2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 39


The following table  summarizes  information  about stock options as at August
31, 2005: 



                                        Stock options outstanding           Stocks options exercisable
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Weighted             Weighted                     Weighted
                                             average    average remaining                      average
                                Number      exercise     contractual life          Number     exercise
Exercise price                                 price                                             price
(Cdn$)                                        (Cdn$)                                            (Cdn$)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                    
$2.50 to $3.36                 542,054        $ 2.50        7.1 years             226,993       $ 2.50
$3.96 to $5.60                 620,342          5.04        5.2 years             122,275         4.78
$6.22 to $9.02                 243,770          6.53        8.4 years              70,397         7.01
$14.27 to $20.00               507,446         15.87        6.2 years             380,592        15.87
$29.70 to $43.00               600,846         36.29        5.2 years             600,846        36.29
$51.25 to $68.17               205,771         65.83        5.0 years             205,771        65.83
$83.66                          43,530         83.66        5.0 years              43,530        83.66
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             2,763,759       $ 19.22        6.0 years           1,650,404      $ 28.28
======================================================================================================


RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS (RSUS)

RSUs are  "phantom"  shares  that rise and fall in value based on the value of
the  company's  subordinate  voting  shares  and  are  redeemable  for  actual
subordinate  voting shares or cash at the discretion of the Board of Directors
on the vesting  dates  established  by the Board of  Directors  at the time of
grant.  The vesting  dates are subject to a minimum  term of three years and a
maximum  term of ten years from the award date.  RSUs  granted  under the plan
expire at the latest ten years from the date of grant.

During fiscal 2005, the company granted 176,185 RSUs that were  outstanding as
at August 31, 2005. However, none of them were exercisable at that date. As at
August 31,  2005,  the  weighted  average  remaining  contractual  life of the
outstanding RSUs was 9.4 years. The weighted average  grant-date fair value of
these RSUs was $4.68.

DEFERRED SHARE UNIT PLAN

In January 2005, the company  established a Deferred Share Unit (DSU) Plan for
the members of the Board of Directors as part of their annual  retainer  fees.
Each DSU entitles the Board members to receive one  subordinate  voting share.
DSUs are  acquired on the date of grant and will be  redeemed  in  subordinate
voting shares when the Board member will cease to be Director of the company.

During fiscal 2005, the company  granted 23,734 DSUs that were  outstanding as
at August 31, 2005 to the members of the Board of Directors.

The weighted average grant-date fair value of these DSUs was $4.47.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN
In August 2001, the company established the Stock Appreciation Rights Plan for
certain employees. Under that plan, eligible employees are entitled to receive
a cash amount  equivalent  to the  difference  between the market price of the
common shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price determined on the
date of grant.  Stock  appreciation  rights  granted under the plan  generally
expire ten years from the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights vest over a
four-year period,  with 25% vesting on an annual basis commencing on the first
anniversary of the date of grant.

Considering  the market  price of the common  shares of $4.67 as at August 31,
2005,  compensation cost for those stock appreciation rights was nominal as at
August 31, 2005.

The following table summarizes stock appreciation rights activity since August
31, 2002:



Years ended August 31,                                     2005                       2004                       2003
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Weighted                   Weighted                   Weighted
                                                        average                    average                    average
                                         Number  exercise price     Number  exercise price     Number  exercise price
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 
Outstanding -- Beginning of year         13,000            $ 16      9,000            $ 24     10,000            $ 26 
    Granted                               6,000               4      6,000               5      5,000               2
    Forfeited                                --              --     (2,000)            (19)    (6,000)             (9)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding -- End of year               19,000            $ 12     13,000            $ 16      9,000            $ 24 
=======================================================================================================================
Exercisable -- End of year                7,500            $ 24      4,250            $ 30      3,500            $ 30
=======================================================================================================================


2005 Annual Report o EXFO :: 40


The following table summarizes information about stock appreciation rights as
at August 31, 2005:

                              Stock appreciation            Stock appreciation
                              rights outstanding            rights exercisable
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Weighted 
                                    average remaining
Exercise price              Number   contractual life                 Number
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$2.10                        2,000          7.6 years                  1,000 
$4.51 to $4.65              12,000          9.0 years                  1,500
$22.25                       2,500          5.4 years                  2,500
$45.94                       2,500          5.0 years                  2,500 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            19,000          7.9 years                  7,500
==============================================================================


RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD PLAN 

In December  2000, the company  established a Restricted  Stock Award Plan for
employees of EXFO  Burleigh.  This plan expired in December  2004.  Each stock
award entitled employees to receive one subordinate voting share at a purchase
price of nil.  Stock  awards  granted  under the plan  vested over a four-year
period,  with  25%  vesting  on  an  annual  basis  commencing  on  the  first
anniversary of the date of grant.  According to the plan, upon the involuntary
termination  of a member  of the  defined  management  team,  all  outstanding
restricted stock awards granted to such an employee automatically vested.

The following table summarizes restricted stock awards activity since August
31, 2002:

Years ended August 31,                       2005            2004         2003
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding -- Beginning of year           53,592         143,096      215,249
Exercised                                 (53,592)        (89,504)     (69,935)
Forfeited                                      --              --       (2,218)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding -- End of year                     --          53,592      143,096
===============================================================================

15 | OTHER DISCLOSURES

NET RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES 

Net research and development expenses comprise the following:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended August 31 ,                                     2005         2004         2003
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               
Gross research and development expenses                 $  15,878    $  15,668     $ 17,133
Research and development tax credits and grants            (3,688)      (3,278)      (3,551)
Research and development tax credit write-offs (note 4)        --           --        2,297

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        $  12,190    $  12,390     $ 15,879
============================================================================================


Tax credits  written off in fiscal 2003 can be carried  forward against future
years' income taxes payable over the next eight years.


                                              2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  41


GOVERNMENT GRANTS 

During 1998, the company entered into an agreement with the Quebec Minister of
Industry, Commerce, Science and Technology (the "Minister").  Pursuant to this
agreement,  the Minister agreed to contribute,  in the form of grants, up to a
maximum of Cdn$2,220,000  (US$1,867,000) over the period from January 1, 1998,
through  December 31,  2002,  payable  based on the number of  full-time  jobs
created during the period.

The above grants are subject to the  condition  that jobs created  pursuant to
the agreement be maintained  for a period of at least five years from the date
of creation. Should this condition not be met by the company, the Minister may
enforce various recourse options,  which include suspension or cancellation of
the  agreement  or repayment  of amounts  received by the  company.  Since the
beginning  of this  program,  the company  has  claimed the maximum  amount of
Cdn$2,220,000  (US$1,867,000),  of which Cdn$770,000 (US$647,000) was credited
to  earnings.  The balance of  Cdn$1,450,000  (US$1,220,000)  was  included in
government  grants in the balance sheet. This latter amount will be recognized
upon the final approval by the sponsor of the program.

Furthermore,  since  2000,  companies  operating  in the Quebec  City area are
eligible for a refundable credit granted by the Quebec provincial  government.
This  credit  is earned  based on the  increase  of  eligible  production  and
marketing  salaries  incurred in the Quebec City area at a rate of 40%.  Since
2000, the company has claimed a total of  Cdn$5,815,000  (US$4,891,000)  under
this program, of which Cdn$5,041,000  (US$4,239,000) was credited to earnings,
the balance of Cdn$774,000  (US$652,000) was included in government  grants in
the balance  sheet.  This latter amount will be recognized in the statement of
earnings  upon the final  approval of eligible  salaries by the sponsor of the
program.

Should  repayments  of any amounts  received  pursuant to these  agreements be
required,  such repayments,  less related deferred revenue, will be charged to
earnings as the amount of any repayment becomes known.

Following is a summary of the classification of these and certain other grants
and credits (government grants) in the statements of earnings of the reporting
years.

Cost of sales for the years ended  August 31, 2003,  2004 and 2005,  is net of
government grants of $518,000, $3,000 and $89,000, respectively.

Selling and administrative  expenses for the years ended August 31, 2003, 2004
and 2005,  are net of  government  grants of  $286,000,  $5,000  and  $32,000,
respectively.

Research and  development  expenses for the years ended August 31, 2003,  2004
and 2005,  are net of  government  grants of  $45,000,  $80,000  and  $22,000,
respectively.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS 

The company maintains separate defined contribution plans for certain eligible
employees.  These plans,  which are  accounted  for on an accrual  basis,  are
summarized as follows:

    o    Deferred profit-sharing plan 

         The company  maintains a plan for certain eligible  Canadian resident
         employees,  under which the company may elect to contribute an amount
         equal to 1% (until May 2005 and 2% thereafter) of an employee's gross
         salary,  provided  that the employee has  contributed  at least 2% of
         his/her gross salary to a tax-deferred  registered retirement savings
         plan.  Cash  contributions  to this plan and  expenses  for the years
         ended  August  31,  2003,  2004  and  2005,  amounted  to  Cdn$93,000
         (US$63,000),  Cdn$141,000 (US$106,000) and Cdn$221,000  (US$179,000),
         respectively.

    o    401K  plan  

         The  company  maintains  a  401K  plan  for  eligible  U.S.  resident
         employees.  Under this plan,  the company must  contribute  an amount
         equal to 3% of an employee's current  compensation.  During the years
         ended  August 31,  2003,  2004 and 2005,  the company  recorded  cash
         contributions and expenses totaling $253,000,  $187,000 and $134,000,
         respectively.


2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  42


16 | INCOME TAXES 

The  reconciliation of the income tax provision  calculated using the combined
Canadian federal and provincial  statutory income tax rate with the income tax
provision in the financial statements is as follows:




---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended August 31,                                         2005        2004        2003
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                
Income tax provision at combined Canadian federal and
  provincial statutory tax rate (31 % in 2005, 32% in 
  2004 and 34% in 2003)                                    $    307    $ (3,011)   $(13,563)
Increase (decrease) due to:
Foreign income taxed at different rates                        (580)       (767)       (999)
Non-taxable income                                             (827)       (128)       (298)
Non-deductible expenses                                         784       1,205        1609
Tax deductions                                                  (81)       (169)        (80)
Reduction of Canadian federal statutory tax rate                 --         274          92
Effect of consolidation of subsidiaries                        (209)     (1,384)        184
Previous year tax recovery upon a tax assessment                 --      (1,406)       (645)
Other                                                          (146)        446         374
Change in valuation allowance                                 3,375       3,954      28,385
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           $  2,623    $   (986)   $ 15,059
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The income tax provision consists of the following:
Current
   Canadian                                                $  2,513    $   (577)   $  4,829
   United States                                                  6          --        (247)
   Other                                                        104        (409)        339
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              2,623        (986)      4,921
Future
   Canadian                                                    (569)     (1,104)    (13,553)
   United States                                             (1,988)     (2,448)     (4,307)
   Other                                                       (206)       (402)       (387)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             (2,763)     (3,954)    (18,247)
Valuation allowance
    Canadian                                                    569       1,104      20,359
    United States                                             1,988       2,448       7,374
    Other                                                       206         402         652
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              2,763       3,954      28,385
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           $  2,623    $   (986)   $ 15,059
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Details of the company's income taxes:
    Earnings (loss) before income taxes
       Canadian                                            $  3,092    $ (7,740)   $(20,449)
       United States                                           (953)     (5,879)    (13,116)
       Other                                                 (1,150)      4,209      (6,326)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           $    989    $ (9,410)   $(39,891)
=============================================================================================


     Most of the company's  income tax  provision  for fiscal 2005  represents
income  taxes  payable at the  Canadian  federal  level,  which are reduced by
research and development tax credits that are recorded  against gross research
and development expenses.

                                              2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  43


Significant   components  of  the  company's  future  income  tax  assets  and
liabilities are as follows: 

----------------------------------------------------------------
As at August 31,                               2005        2004
----------------------------------------------------------------
 Future income tax assets
    Long-lived assets                      $  4,902    $  3,291
    Provisions and accruals                   7,406       8,755
    Government grants                           209         188
    Deferred revenue                            318         336
    Share issue expenses                        590         657
    Research and development expenses         7,292       5,064
    Losses carried forward                   18,424      15,110
----------------------------------------------------------------
                                             39,141      33,401
Valuation allowance                         (38,406)    (32,613)
----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                735         788
Future income tax liabilities
    Research and development tax credits       (735)       (788)
----------------------------------------------------------------
Future income tax assets, net              $     --    $     --
===============================================================

As at August 31, 2005, the company had available  operating  losses in several
tax jurisdictions, against which a full valuation allowance of $18,424,000 was
established.  The  following  table  summarizes  the year of  expiry  of these
operating losses by tax jurisdiction:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    Canada                   United States
Year of expiry            Federal          Provincial            and Other
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
      2006            $    63,000         $        --         $        --
      2007              1,710,000              73,000             206,000
      2008              5,614,000              61,000           1,916,000
      2009              5,921,000           3,563,000             571,000
      2010              4,211,000           2,211,000             257,000
      2014                 81,000                  --                  --
      2015              1,775,000          1 ,778,000                  --
      2022                     --                  --           9,025,000
      2023                     --                  --          10,517,000
      2024                     --                  --           6,818,000
      2025                     --                  --           8,207,000
      Indefinite        2,041,000           2,349,000           1,750,000
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      $21,416,000         $10,035,000         $39,267,000
==========================================================================

In  addition  to  operating  losses,  as at August 31,  2005,  the company had
available research and development expenses in Canada amounting to $24,420,000
at the federal level and $20,668,000 at the provincial level,  against which a
full valuation allowance of $7,292,000 was established.  These expenses can be
carried  forward  indefinitely  against  future years' taxable income in their
respective tax jurisdiction.

2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  44


17 | LOSS PER SHARE 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  reconciliation  of the basic  weighted
average number of shares  outstanding and the diluted  weighted average number
of shares outstanding:

Years ended August 31,                            2005        2004        2003
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic weighted average number of shares 
   outstanding  (000's)                         68,526      66,020      62,852 
Dilutive effect of stock options (000's)           422         502         301 
Dilutive effect of restricted stock                                     
   awards (000's)                                   17          93         164 
Dilutive effect of deferred share                                       
   units (000's)                                     8          --          -- 
Dilutive effect of restricted share                                     
   units (000's)                                     8          --          --
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted weighted average number of shares                               
   outstanding (000's)                          68,981      66,615      63,317
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Stock options excluded from the calculation of
   the diluted weighted average number of 
   shares because their exercise price was 
   greater than the average market price of
   the common shares (000's)                     1,962       2,128       2,533
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The diluted net loss per share for the years ended August 31,  2003,  2004 and
2005,  was the same as the basic net loss per share since the dilutive  effect
of stock options, restricted stock awards, deferred share units and restricted
share units should not be included in the calculation;  otherwise,  the effect
would be  anti-dilutive.  Accordingly,  diluted  net loss per  share for those
years  was  calculated  using  the  basic  weighted  average  number of shares
outstanding.

18 | FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS 
Short-term investments consist of the following:



As at August 31,                                                         2005         2004
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 
Commercial paper denominated in Canadian dollars, bearing 
 interest at annual rates of 2.44% to 2.75% in 2005 and 2.00% 
 to 2.14% in 2004, maturing on different dates between 
 September 2005 and January 2006 in fiscal 2005, and October 
 2004 and January 2005 in fiscal 2004                               $ 104,883     $ 65,359
Mutual funds denominated in Canadian dollars                               --       18,610
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    $ 104,883     $ 83,969
==========================================================================================


FAIR VALUE 
Cash,   accounts   receivable,   as  well  as  accounts  payable  and  accrued
liabilities, are financial instruments whose carrying values approximate their
fair values.

The fair value of the  long-term  debt amounted to $481,000 and $344,000 as at
August 31, 2004 and 2005.

The fair value of short-term  investments,  based on market value, amounted to
$83,969,000 and $104,883,000 as at August 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

The fair value of forward exchange contracts,  which represents the difference
between their contractual amounts and their current trading value, amounted to
an  unrecognized  gain of $1,975,000  and $2,937,000 as at August 31, 2004 and
2005, respectively.

CREDIT RISK 
Financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  the company to credit risk
consist primarily of cash,  short-term  investments,  accounts  receivable and
forward exchange contracts.  The company's  short-term  investments consist of
debt  instruments   issued  by  six  (seven  in  2004)   high-credit   quality
corporations and trusts. The company's cash and forward exchange contracts are
held with or issued by high-credit quality financial institutions;  therefore,
the company considers the risk of  non-performance  on these instruments to be
remote. 

                                              2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  45


Generally,  the company does not require  collateral  or other  security  from
customers  for trade  accounts  receivable;  however,  credit is  extended  to
customers  following an  evaluation  of  creditworthiness.  In  addition,  the
company  performs  ongoing credit reviews of all its customers and establishes
an allowance for doubtful accounts  receivable when accounts are determined to
be  uncollectible.  Allowance for doubtful  accounts  amounted to $510,000 and
$352,000 as at August 31, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

INTEREST RATE RISK
As at August  31,  2005,  the  company's  exposure  to  interest  rate risk is
summarized as follows:

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash                                                      Non-interest bearing
Short-term investments                                      As described above
Accounts receivable                                       Non-interest bearing
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                  Non-interest bearing
Long-term debt                                         As described in note 10
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS 
The  company is exposed to currency  risks as a result of its export  sales of
products manufactured in Canada, substantially all of which are denominated in
US dollars. These risks are partially hedged by forward exchange contracts and
certain operating  expenses.  As at August 31, 2004 and 2005, the company held
contracts to sell US dollars at various forward rates, which are summarized as
follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Weighted average
                                 Contractual amounts  contractual forward rates
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As at August 31, 2004 
   September 2004 to August 2005             $ 7,480                     1.5427 
   September 2005 to March 2007                8,400                     1.3622
As at August 31, 2005 
   September 2005 to August 2006            $ 26,000                     1.2630 
   September 2006 to November 2007             7,600                     1.2500
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


19 | SEGMENT INFORMATION 

In September  2003, the company  reorganized its business under two reportable
segments:  the Telecom Division and the Life Sciences and Industrial Division.
The Telecom  Division  offers  integrated  test  solutions to network  service
providers,  cable  operators,   system  vendors  and  component  manufacturers
throughout  the global  telecommunications  industry.  The Life  Sciences  and
Industrial  Division  mainly  leverages  developed  and acquired  core telecom
technologies for high-precision assembly and research sectors.

The reporting  structure reffects how the company manages its business and how
it classifies its operations for planning and measuring performance.

Until August 31, 2003, the company was organized under one reportable segment,
being the  development,  manufacturing  and  marketing  of  fiber-optic  test,
measurement  and  monitoring  solutions  for  the  global   telecommunications
industry.

The following tables present information by segment:



-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Life Sciences
                                                            and Industrial
Year ended August 31 , 2005              Telecom Division     Division               Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              
Sales Earnings (loss) from operations     $    80,120         $    17,096        $  97,216
Unallocated items:                        $       763         $      (962)       $    (199)
Interest and other income                                                            2,524
Foreign exchange loss                                                               (1,336)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings before income taxes                                                           989
Income taxes                                                                         2,623
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss for the year                                                            $  (1,634)
===========================================================================================
Amortization of capital assets            $     6,504         $     2,588        $   9,092
===========================================================================================
Stock-based compensation costs            $       897         $        66        $     963
===========================================================================================
Capital expenditures                      $     1,408         $        93        $   1,501
===========================================================================================


2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  46




-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Life Sciences
                                                            and Industrial
Year ended August 31 , 2004              Telecom Division     Division               Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              
Sales                                     $    58,882         $    15,748        $  74,630
Loss from operations                      $    (5,557)        $    (5,013)       $ (10,570)
Unallocated items:
Interest and other income                                                            1,438
Foreign exchange loss                                                                 (278)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Loss before income taxes                                                            (9,410)
Income taxes                                                                          (986)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss for the year                                                            $  (8,424)
===========================================================================================
Amortization of capital assets            $     6,643         $     3,372        $  10,015
===========================================================================================
Stock-based compensation costs            $       417         $        32        $     449
===========================================================================================
Impairment of long-lived assets (note 4)  $       620         $        --        $     620
===========================================================================================
Restructuring and other charges (note 4)  $        --         $     1,261        $   1,261
===========================================================================================
Capital expenditures                      $       607         $       244        $     851
===========================================================================================

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            Life Sciences
                                                            and Industrial
Year ended August 31, 2003               Telecom Division     Division               Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sales                                     $    48,753         $    13,177        $  61,930
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Comparative  information  for  fiscal  2003 for the loss from  operations  and
related  information as well as capital  expenditures is not provided for each
reportable   segment  because  this   information  is  not  available  and  is
impracticable to determine.

Total assets by reportable segment are detailed as follows:

As at August 31,                                        2005             2004
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telecom Division                                   $  64,655        $  60,284 
Life Sciences and Industrial Division                 11,449           15,094 
Unallocated assets                                   114,853           97,413
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   $ 190,957        $ 172,791
==============================================================================

Unallocated  assets are comprised of cash,  short-term  investments and income
taxes and tax credits recoverable.

Carrying value of goodwill by reportable segment is detailed as follows:

As at August 31,                                        2005             2004
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Telecom Division                                    $ 16,092        $  14,530
Life Sciences and Industrial Division                  4,278            3,863
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    $ 20,370        $  18,393
==============================================================================

Sales to external customers by geographic region are detailed as follows:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended August 31,                        2005        2004          2003
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
United States                             $ 56,282     $ 40,019     $ 31,561
Canada                                       6,830        5,818        4,806
Latin America                                3,127        3,547        4,467
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            66,239       49,384       40,834

Europe, Middle East and Africa              19,396       13,706       11,092
Asia-Pacific                                11,581       11,540       10,004
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          $ 97,216     $ 74,630     $ 61,930
=============================================================================

                                              2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  47


Sales were  allocated to geographic  regions based on the country of residence
of the related  customers.  In fiscal 2004 and 2005, one customer  represented
more than 10% of sales with 13.8% of sales  ($10,325,000)  in fiscal  2004 and
23.3%  ($22,629,000)  in fiscal  2005.  In  fiscal  2003,  no single  customer
accounted  for 10% of sales or  more.  For  fiscal  2004  and  2005,  the most
important customer purchased from the Telecom Division.

Long-lived assets by geographic region are detailed as follows:

As at August 31,                                        2005             2004
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Canada                                              $ 35,690         $ 37,948
United States                                          5,601            6,934
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    $ 41,291         $ 44,882
==============================================================================

Long-lived  assets consist of property,  plant and  equipment,  the long-lived
asset held for sale, intangible assets and goodwill.


20 | RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In fiscal 2003,  the company  acquired a building  from a company owned by the
President of EXFO for a cash  consideration of $930,000.  This transaction was
measured at the fair market value since it was not conducted during the normal
course of  operations,  the change in  ownership  interest in the building was
substantive  and  the  fair  market  value  was  supported  by an  independent
appraisal.

For the years ended August 31, 2003 and 2004,  the company  leased  facilities
from the company  owned by the President of EXFO.  The annual  rental  expense
amounted to $331,000 and nil, respectively. The rental expense for fiscal 2003
included  $234,000  for future  payments on an exited  leased  facility;  this
expense was recorded in the  restructuring  and other charges in the statement
of earnings for that year (notes 4 and 9).

As at August 31, 2004,  restructuring charges payable included $194,000 due to
the company owned by the President of the EXFO in connection  with this exited
leased  facility.  However,  in September  2004,  EXFO was  released  from its
obligations  under that lease,  and it paid the full amount due to the related
company.  These rental  expenses  were measured at the fair market value since
they were incurred during the normal course of operations.



2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  48


21 | UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES 

As a registrant  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  in the United
States (SEC),  the company is required to reconcile  its financial  statements
for significant  differences between generally accepted accounting  principles
as applied in Canada  (Canadian  GAAP) and those  applied in the United States
(U.S. GAAP).  Furthermore,  additional significant  disclosures required under
U.S. GAAP and Regulation S-X of the SEC are also provided in the  accompanying
financial  statements  and notes.  The following  summarizes  the  significant
quantitative  differences  between  Canadian and U.S.  GAAP,  as well as other
significant disclosures required under U.S. GAAP and Regulation S-X of the SEC
not already provided in the accompanying financial statements.

RECONCILIATION OF NET LOSS TO CONFORM TO U.S. GAAP 
The  following  summary  sets  out the  significant  differences  between  the
company's  reported  net loss and net loss per share  under  Canadian  GAAP as
compared  to U.S.  GAAP.  Please see  corresponding  explanatory  notes in the
Reconciliation Items section.



Years ended August 31,                                               2005              2004             2003
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 
Net loss for the year in accordance with Canadian GAAP           $ (1,634)       $   (8,424)       $ (54,950)
Stock-based compensation costs                            a)           --              (867)            (832)
Unrealized gains (losses) on forward exchange contracts   b)       (1,286)             (280)           1,645
Amortization of intangible assets                         c)           --                --              832
Write-down of goodwill and intangible assets              c)           --                --            6,178
Income tax effect on reconciliation items                              --                --           (1,074)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net loss for the year in accordance with U.S. GAAP                 (2,920)           (9,571)         (48,201)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Foreign currency translation adjustment                            15,669             5,969           15,089
Unrealized gains on forward exchange contracts            b)        2,313               689               --
Reclassification of losses on forward
  exchange contracts in net loss                          b)          (65)               --               --
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comprehensive income (loss)                                      $ 14,997        $   (2,913)      $  (33,112)
=============================================================================================================
Basic and diluted net loss per share in accordance 
  with U.S. GAAP                                                 $  (0.04)       $    (0.14)      $    (0.77)
Basic weighted average number of shares outstanding (000's)        68,526            66,020           62,852


RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY TO CONFORM TO U.S. GAAP 

The  following  summary  sets  out the  significant  differences  between  the
company's  reported  shareholders'  equity under  Canadian GAAP as compared to
U.S. GAAP.  Please see corresponding  explanatory notes in the  Reconciliation
Items section.



As at August 31,                                                     2005              2004             2003
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                
Shareholders' equity in accordance with Canadian GAAP            $173,400        $  157,327        $ 129,826
Forward exchange contracts                                b)        2,937             1,975            1,566
Goodwill                                                  c)      (11,042)          (10,008)          (9,771)
Other                                                                  --                --              (29)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP                $165,295        $  149,294        $ 121,592
=============================================================================================================


                                              2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  49


The following  table  summarizes  the  shareholders'  activity under U.S. GAAP
since August 31, 2002:



---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Deferred              Accumulated
                                                                         stock-based               other
                                   Share     Contributed               compensation   Other   comprehensive Shareholders'
                                  capital     surplus        Deficit     costs       capital  income (loss)    equity
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           
Balance as at August 31, 2002    $ 560,943   $  1,487    $  (406,387)   $ (2,867)   $  7,693   $   (9,870)   $ 150,999
Net loss for the year                   --         --        (48,201)         --          --      (48,201)
Stock-based compensation             1,507         --             --       1,589      (2,264)          --          832
   costs                      a)
Foreign currency
   transaction adjustment               --         --             --          --          --       15,089       15,089
Business combination (note 13)      2,796          --             --          --          --           --        2,796
Exercise of stock options 
   (note 13)                            45         --             --          --          --           --           45
Premium on resale of share
   capital                              --         32             --          --          --           --           32
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as at August 31, 2003      565,291      1,519       (454,588)     (1,278)      5,429        5,219      121,592
Net loss for the year                   --         --         (9,571)         --          --           --       (9,571)
Stock-based compensation        
  costs                   a), e)     1,737         --             --         339        (760)          --        1,316
Foreign currency
   transaction adjustment               --         --             --          --          --        5,969        5,969
Unrealized gains on forward
   exchange contracts        b)         --         --             --          --          --          689          689
Public offering (note 13)           29,164         --             --          --          --           --       29,164
Exercise of stock options
   (note 13)                           254         --             --          --          --           --          254
Share issue expenses (note 13)        (137)        --             --          --          --           --         (137)
Premium on resale of share
   capital                              --         18             --          --          --           --           18
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as at August 31, 2004      596,309      1,537       (464,159)       (939)      4,669       11,877      149,294
Net loss for the year                   --         --         (2,920)                                  --       (2,920)
Stock-based compensation        
    costs                 a), e)     1,213         --             --        (776)        425           --          862
Foreign currency
    transaction adjustment              --         --             --          --          --       15,669       15,669
Unrealized gains on forward
    exchange contracts        b)        --         --             --          --          --        2,248        2,248
Exercise of stock options 
    (note 13)                          148         --             --          --          --           --          148
Share issue expenses (note 13)          (6)        --             --          --          --           --           (6)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance as at August 31, 2005    $ 597,664   $  1,537    $  (467,079)   $ (1,715)   $  5,094   $   29,794    $ 165,295
=========================================================================================================================


2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  50


Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of the following:

As at August 31,                                      2005      2004       2003
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  Current year                                   $  15,669  $  5,969  $  15,089
  Cumulative effect of prior years                  11,188     5,219     (9,870)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    26,857    11,188      5,219
Unrealized gains on forward exchange contracts
  Current year                                       2,248       689         --
  Cumulative effect of prior years                     689        --         --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     2,937       689         --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 $  29,794  $ 11,877  $   5,219
================================================================================

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

For the years ended August 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005,  there were no significant
differences  between  the  statements  of cash flows  under  Canadian  GAAP as
compared  to U.S.  GAAP,  except for the  subtotal  before  change in non-cash
operating items, whose presentation is not permitted under U.S. GAAP.

RECONCILIATION ITEMS

   a) ACCOUNTING FOR  STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION  
      Until August 31, 2003, and to conform to U.S. GAAP, the company measured
      stock-based compensation costs using the intrinsic value method (APB 25,
      "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees"). However, since September 1,
      2003,  and as  described  in item e) below,  the  company  accounts  for
      stock-based compensation costs for awards granted after that date, using
      the fair  value-based  method  to  conform  to  Statement  of  Financial
      Accounting   Standard   (SFAS)   123,    "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
      Compensation".

      STOCK  PURCHASE PLAN 
      Under APB 25, compensation costs related to the stock purchase plan were
      measured as the difference between the fair value of the purchased stock
      and the purchase  price paid by plan  participants.  Compensation  costs
      were  amortized  to  expense  over a period  of five  years,  being  the
      restriction  period.  This plan  terminated  at the time of the  Initial
      Public  Offering on June 29, 2000.  Compensation  costs  related to this
      plan became fully amortized during fiscal 2004.

      LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN (FORMELY STOCK OPTION PLAN) 
      Until August 31, 2003, and under APB 25,  compensation  costs related to
      the long-term incentive plan were measured as the difference between the
      market  price of the  underlying  stock  at the  date of  grant  and the
      exercise price of the option. These compensation costs were amortized to
      expense over the estimated vesting period up to a maximum of four years.
      Compensation  costs related to stock options  granted prior to September
      1, 2003,  and accounted for under APB 25 became fully  amortized  during
      fiscal  2004.  

      RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD PLAN
      Under APB 25,  compensation  costs related to the restricted stock award
      plan were  measured as the  difference  between the market  price of the
      underlying  stock at the date of grant and the exercise price,  which is
      nil.  These  compensation  costs  were  amortized  to  expense  over the
      estimated  vesting  period  up to a  maximum  of four  years,  being the
      acquisition period. Compensation costs related to this plan became fully
      amortized during fiscal 2004.

      Until August 31, 2003, no  compensation  costs were recognized for these
      stock-based compensation plans under Canadian GAAP.

   b) FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS 
      The forward  exchange  contracts  entered  into by the company  prior to
      September 1, 2003, do not qualify for hedge  accounting  treatment under
      SFAS  133,   "Accounting   for   Derivative   Instruments   and  Hedging
      Activities"; accordingly, changes in the fair value of these derivatives
      are charged to earnings.  However,  on  September  1, 2003,  the company
      implemented the  documentation  for the designation,  documentation  and
      assessment of the effectiveness of its forward exchange  contracts,  for
      the purposes of applying hedge  accounting.  With this  documentation in
      place, the forward exchange  contracts entered into by the company after
      September 1, 2003,  qualify for hedge  accounting  treatment  under U.S.
      GAAP. Consequently,  under U.S. GAAP, changes in the fair value of these
      contracts  are  charged  to  other   comprehensive   income.   Upon  the
      recognition of the hedged sales,  accumulated  changes in fair value are
      reclassified in the statements of earnings.

      Under Canadian GAAP,  foreign exchange  translation  gains and losses on
      forward  exchange  contracts  are  recognized  as an  adjustment  of the
      revenue when the corresponding sales are recorded, regardless of whether
      the contracts were entered into before or after September 1, 2003.

      The company  estimates  to  $950,000  the amount of  unrealized  gain on
      forward  exchange   contracts  as  of  August  31,  2005  that  will  be
      reclassified to net earnings over the next twelve months.

                                              2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  51


   c) WRITE-DOWN OF GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 
      2003 
      In fiscal 2003,  Canadian and U.S. GAAP were harmonized to eliminate the
      existing  differences in the  assessment  and  measurement of impairment
      loss for goodwill and intangible assets.  Thus, in fiscal 2003, goodwill
      and  intangible   assets  were  tested  for  impairment   using  similar
      methodologies.  However, considering that the existing carrying value of
      goodwill  and  intangible  assets was lower  under U.S.  GAAP than under
      Canadian  GAAP, the required  impairment  loss under U.S. GAAP was lower
      and a permanent  difference  in the  carrying  value of goodwill  exists
      between Canadian and U.S. GAAP.

      Upon the impairment test, under U.S. GAAP, the company recorded a charge
      of $872,000 to write down the  goodwill of EXFO  Burleigh  and a pre-tax
      charge of $377,000 to write down the acquired  core  technology  of EXFO
      Burleigh,  compared to a  write-down  of  $4,505,000  for goodwill and a
      write-down of $2,922,000  for  intangible  assets under  Canadian  GAAP,
      creating  a  reconciliation  item  of  $6,178,000  in the  statement  of
      earnings for the year ended August 31, 2003.

      Furthermore, considering differences in the carrying value of intangible
      assets  between  Canadian GAAP and U.S.  GAAP due to impairment  losses,
      adjustments to the amortization of such assets and related future income
      taxes were also required in fiscal 2003.

   d) RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT TAX CREDITS 
      Under  Canadian  GAAP,  all  research  and  development  tax credits are
      recorded as a reduction  of gross  research  and  development  expenses.
      Under U.S. GAAP, tax credits that are refundable  against taxable income
      are  recorded  in the  income  taxes.  These  tax  credits  amounted  to
      $1,761,000  and $2,169,000  for fiscal 2004 and 2005,  respectively.  In
      fiscal 2003, we had a net expense of $176,000 following the write-off of
      tax credits.  This  difference had no impact on the net loss and the net
      loss per share figures for the reporting years.

   e) NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND PRONOUNCEMENTS 
      ADOPTED IN FISCAL 2004 AND STILL APPLICABLE IN 2005
      On  September  1, 2003,  the  company  prospectively  adopted  SFAS 123,
      "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation",  under the revised transition
      provisions of SFAS 148,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation  --
      Transition and Disclosure".  Upon the adoption of SFAS 123 and SFAS 148,
      the company recognized stock-based  compensation costs for stock options
      granted to employees since September 1, 2003, using the fair value-based
      method.  The company  adopted this  Statement in order to conform to the
      newly adopted rules under  Canadian GAAP. As a result of the adoption of
      the fair value-based method, the accounting for stock-based compensation
      under  Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP is the same for awards  granted on or
      after  September  1, 2003.  

      TO BE ADOPTED  AFTER FISCAL 2005 
      In November 2004, the Financial  Accounting Standard Board (FASB) issued
      SFAS 151,  "Inventory Costs", an amendment to ARB No. 43, Chapter 4. The
      amendments  made  by  SFAS  151  will  improve  financial  reporting  by
      clarifying that any abnormal amount of idle facility expenses,  freight,
      handling costs, and wasted materials  (spoilage) should be recognized as
      current-period   charges  and  by  requiring  the  allocation  of  fixed
      production  overheads to inventory  based on the normal  capacity of the
      production  facilities.  This  SFAS is  effective  for  inventory  costs
      incurred  during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The company
      will adopt this new  statement on  September  1, 2005,  and its adoption
      will have no significant impact on its financial statements.

      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123(R),  "Share-Based  Payments".
      This  Statement  supersedes  ABP 25,  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued to
      Employees" and related implementation  guidance, and revises SFAS 123 in
      a number of areas. Under SFAS 123(R),  all forms of share-based  payment
      to  employees  result  in  compensation  cost  recognized  in  financial
      statements. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after
      June 15,  2005.  The company  will adopt this  Statement on September 1,
      2005, and its adoption will have no significant  impact on its financial
      statements.

      In May 2005,  the FASB issued SFAS 154,  "Accounting  Changes and Errors
      Corrections  -- a replacement  of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB  Statement
      No.  3".  This  Statement  replaces  APB  Opinion  No.  20,  "Accounting
      Changes",  and FASB Statement No. 3,  "Reporting  Accounting  Changes in
      Interim  Financial  Statements",  and changes the  requirements  for the
      accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting  principle.  This
      Statement applies to all voluntary changes in accounting  principle.  It
      also applies to changes  required by an accounting  pronouncement in the
      unusual  instance  that  the  pronouncement  does not  include  specific
      transition provisions.  In general, this Statement requires a company to
      account for the adoption of a new accounting  policy by applying the new
      principle to prior  accounting  periods as if that  principle had always
      been  adopted.  This  statement is effective for  accounting  changes or
      corrections of errors in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005.

ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED  COMPENSATION  

Under  U.S.  GAAP,  until  August 31,  2003,  the  company  elected to measure
compensation  costs  related to grants of stock options and stock awards using
the intrinsic  value method of accounting.  In this instance,  however,  under
SFAS 123, the company is required to make pro forma  disclosures  of net loss,
and net loss per share as if the fair  value-based  method of  accounting  had
been applied to awards  granted prior to September 1, 2003.  Consequently,  if
the fair  value-based  method had been applied to these awards,  the pro forma
net loss  per  share  would  have  been the same as the net loss per  share in
fiscal  2005,  lower than the net loss per share in 2004 (by $0.01) and higher
than the net loss per share in 2003 (by $0.01).

The  fair  value  of  options  or  awards  granted  was  estimated  using  the
Black-Scholes options pricing model.

2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  52


[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]

Germain Lamonde | Chairman of the Board,
President and CEO, EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.

Germain Lamonde, a company founder, has been Chairman of the Board,  President
and CEO of EXFO since its inception in 1985. Mr.  Lamonde,  who is responsible
for the overall  management  and direction of EXFO and its  subsidiaries,  has
grown the  company  into a global  leader in the  telecommunications  test and
measurement  industry.  Mr.  Lamonde  has  served  on the  boards  of  several
organizations  such as the Canadian  Institute for Photonic  Innovations,  the
Pole QCA Economic Development Corporation and the National Optics Institute of
Canada.  Germain Lamonde holds a bachelor's degree in physics engineering from
the  University  of Montreal's  School of  Engineering,  a master's  degree in
optics from Laval  University,  and is also a graduate  of the Ivey  Executive
Program offered by the University of Western Ontario.


[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]

Pierre Marcouiller (1,2) | Chairman of the Board and CEO, Camoplast Inc.

Pierre  Marcouiller  is Chairman of the Board and CEO of  Camoplast  Inc.,  an
industrial  manufacturer  specializing  in rubber tracks,  molded  composites,
thermoplastic  components  and off-road  tracked  vehicles.  In addition,  Mr.
Marcouiller  is founder and sole  shareholder  of Nexcap Inc.,  an  investment
company  in  the  manufacturing  sector.  Prior  to  joining  Camoplast,   Mr.
Marcouiller  was  President  and General  Manager of Venmar  Ventilation  Inc.
(1988-1996),  where he was the controlling  shareholder from 1991 to 1996. Mr.
Marcouiller  is also a  Director  of  Heroux-Devtek  Inc.,  a  public  company
specialized in the design, development and manufacturing of aerospace, defense
and  industrial  products.  Pierre  Marcouiller  holds a bachelor's  degree in
business  administration from the Universite du Quebec a Trois-Rivieres and an
MBA from the Universite de Sherbrooke.


[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]

Guy Marier (1,2) | Corporate Director

Formerly  President of Bell Quebec (1999 to 2003),  Guy Marier  completed  his
successful  33-year career at Bell as Executive  Vice-President of the Project
Management  Office before  retiring at the end of 2003. From 1988 to 1990, Mr.
Marier headed Bell Canada  International's  investments  and projects in Saudi
Arabia and, for the three following years,  served as President of Telebec. He
then  returned  to the  parent  company  to  hold  various  senior  management
positions.  Mr.  Marier  currently  sits  on  the  board  of  Bell  Nordiq,  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Bell Canada.  Guy Marier holds a Bachelor of Arts
from the University of Montreal and a Bachelor of Business Administration from
the Universite du Quebec a Montreal.


[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]

Dr. David A. Thompson (2) | Vice-President and Director, Hardware & Equipment
Technology Strategy, Corning Cable Systems

Dr.  David  Thompson is  Vice-President  and  Director of Hardware & Equipment
Technology Strategy at Corning Cable Systems,  where he has held this position
since  January  2002.   Prior  to  this   nomination,   he  acted  as  Corning
Incorporated's Division Vice-President for the Strategic Planning & Innovation
Effectiveness in Research, Development and Engineering.

Dr.  Thompson  first  joined  Corning  Incorporated  in 1976 and later took on
several  technology  directorship  and  strategic  planning  roles.  David  A.
Thompson holds a bachelor's degree in chemistry from Ohio State University and
a doctorate in inorganic chemistry from the University of Michigan.


[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]

Andre Tremblay (1,2) | Corporate Director

Andre  Tremblay has more than 20 years'  experience in the  telecommunications
industry.  During this time,  he has been  actively  involved in the creation,
financing  and  management of several  companies in this field.  For almost 10
years,   Mr.   Tremblay   served   as   President   and   CEO   of   Microcell
Telecommunications  Inc.,  which he led  through the  different  phases of its
evolution.  He has also provided early-stage  financing,  strategic advice and
direction  to  startup  technology  firms and sits on the  boards  of  various
corporations  and non-profit  organizations.  Andre Tremblay holds  bachelor's
degrees in management  and in  accounting  from Laval  University,  a master's
degree in taxation from the Universite de  Sherbrooke,  and is also a graduate
of Harvard Business School's Advanced Management Program.


[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]

Michael Unger (1,2,3) | Executive Consultant

Michael Unger had a distinguished  career with Nortel Networks (1962 to 2000),
where he took on a number of key roles over the years. Mr. Unger's most recent
position was  President of Nortel's  Optical  Networks  Business Unit (1998 to
2000).  Prior  to this  appointment,  he was  Nortel's  Group  Vice-President,
Transport Networks (1990 to 1998). Currently, Mr. Unger serves on the board of
directors  of  several  companies  active in the areas of  network  management
software,  photonic  and  optical  components,  optical  network  systems  and
solutions for cable operators, as well as other communications network service
providers.   Michael  Unger  holds  a  Bachelor  of  Science  from   Concordia
University.

(1) Audit Committee
(2) Human Resources Committee
(3) Independent Lead Director

                                              2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  53


MANAGEMENT AND CORPORATE OFFICERS

[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]              [GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]        
                                                                                
GERMAIN LAMONDE |                          ETIENNE GAGNON |                     
Chairman, President and                    Vice-President. Optical-Layer Product
Chief Executive Officer                    Management and Customer Service      
                                                                                

[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]              [GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH] 
                                                                         
STEPHEN BULL |                             LUC GAGNON J                  
Vice-President, Research and               Vice-President, Telecom       
Development, Telecom Division              Manufacturing Operations      
                                                                         

[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]              [GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]       
                                                                               
NORMAND DUROCHER |                         JUAN FELIPE GONZALEZ                
Vice-President Human Resources             Vice-President Global Telecom Sales 
                                                                               

[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]              [GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]     
                                                                             
ALLAN FIRHOJ |                             PIERRE PLAMONDON, CA |            
Vice-President and General Manager         Vice-President, Finance and Chief 
Life Sciences and Industrial Division      Financial Officer                 
                                                                             

[GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]              [GRAPHIC OMITTED][PHOTOGRAPH]
                                                                        
BENOIT FLEURY |                            BENOIT RINGUETTE             
Vice-President. Protocol-Layer Product     Legal Counsel                
Management and Business Development        and Corporate Secretary      


2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  54


CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES

As in the previous  year,  fiscal 2005 was marked by changes in the  corporate
governance landscape. More specifically, the Board of Directors and management
continued to keep abreast of new  Canadian and U.S.  regulatory  requirements.
Futhermore,  the Audit Committee was very active  throughout the year with the
implementation  of and compliance with various rules adopted by the Securities
and Exchange  Commission pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that apply
to Canadian  companies  with shares  registered  in the U.S. In addition,  the
Board of Directors implemented  procedures to monitor the effectiveness of the
Board.  Since  new  corporate  governance  rules  from  applicable  regulatory
authorities  came  into  force,  management  amended  corporate  policies  and
disclosure  guidelines  and adopted the  following  new  policies:  Ethics and
Business Conduct Policy;  Code of Ethics for Our Principal  Executive  Officer
and  Senior  Financial  Officers;  Board  of  Directors  Corporate  Governance
Guidelines; and Statement on Reporting Ethical Violations  ("Whistleblowing").
All these  policies are readily  available  from EXFO's Web site. As this past
year has demonstrated,  achieving best practices in corporate governance is an
ongoing process in an ever-changing context.

The Board of Directors believes that EXFO's corporate  governance practices do
comply with  current  regulatory  requirements.  As new  guidelines  come into
effect,  we will continue to comply with these  requirements.  Further details
about  our  corporate  governance  practices,   policies  and  guidelines  are
published in the Management Proxy Circular and on EXFO's Web site.

The present Board members were elected at our last Annual and Special  Meeting
of Shareholders,  held on January 12, 2005, pursuant to the General By-Laws of
the Corporation.

RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BOARD
The Board is  responsible  for the  stewardship of our business and affairs by
reviewing, discussing and approving our strategic direction and organizational
structure,  as well as for the review and approval of  management's  strategic
plan on an annual basis.  The Board also identifies the principal risks of our
business  and  reviews  our risk  management  systems on an annual and ongoing
basis.

In addition to matters  requiring  Board approval under  applicable  laws, the
Board grants final  approval  with respect to each of the  following:  (i) the
strategic  direction  of  EXFO;  (ii)  material  contracts,   acquisitions  or
dispositions of our assets;  and (iii) the annual operational plan, as well as
capital and operating budgets.

The Board of Directors assumes direct  responsibility for corporate governance
practices and for monitoring the powers,  the mandates and the  performance of
the committees.

The Board is also  responsible  for the  establishment  and functioning of all
Board  committees,  the  appointment  of members to serve on such  committees,
their compensation and their good standing. At regularly scheduled meetings of
the Board, the Directors receive, consider and discuss committee reports.

During the fiscal year ended  August 31,  2005,  the Board met a total of five
(5) times. Attendance was exemplary, as all members attended all meetings.

Mr. Michael Unger,  Chairman of the Human Resources  Committee and independent
Director  of  EXFO,  is the Lead  Director.  As such,  he is  responsible  for
ensuring  that the  Board  properly  discharges  its  duties,  independent  of
management.  The Lead  Director is required to hold as many Board of Directors
meetings as necessary  without  management  members  present,  and  additional
meetings of independent Board members may be held at their request.

The  Corporation  also  adopted a Human  Resources  Committee  Charter,  which
integrates  the  Compensation   Committee   Charter  and  the  Nominating  and
Governance  Committee  Charter.  Therefore,  the  Corporation now has a formal
procedure in place for recruiting new Directors.

COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD 
Our articles of incorporation  provide for a Board of Directors with a minimum
of three  (3) and a maximum  of twelve  (12)  Directors.  Our Board  presently
consists of six (6) Directors,  five (5) of whom are independent of management
and free from any interest and any business or other relationship which could,
or could  reasonably be perceived to,  materially  interfere with a Director's
ability to act with a view to the best interests of EXFO, other than interests
arising from  non-significant  shareholding.  Our Directors are elected at the
Annual  General  Meeting of  Shareholders  for one-year  terms and serve until
their  successors are elected or appointed,  unless they resign or are removed
earlier.

Our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Germain Lamonde, is
a significant shareholder of EXFO as he has the ability to exercise a majority
of the votes for the election of the Board of Directors.  Since the other five
Board members do not have interests in EXFO or relationships  with either EXFO
or Mr. Lamonde,  except for  non-significant  shareholding in the company,  we
believe that the interests of investors in EXFO, other than Mr. Lamonde's, are
fairly represented.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD 
Board  committees play a significant role in the discharge of Board duties and
obligations;  committee  chairs  submit items for Board  agendas and report on
committee activities.  The members of these committees are appointed annually,
and the  Board may  appoint  additional  ad hoc  committees  periodically,  as
needed.  EXFO has a practice of permitting the Board,  any committee  thereof,
and any  individual  Director to hire  independent,  external  advisors at our
expense.  The Audit Committee and the Human  Resources  Committee are entirely
comprised of independent Directors.

The following is a general  description of the  composition and general duties
of each Board  committee  as  contained  in its  mandate as at the fiscal year
ended August 31, 2005.

                                              2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  55


AUDIT COMMITTEE

The Board of  Directors  updated and amended  the Audit  Committee  Charter to
fully comply with all  applicable  regulations.  The Audit  Committee  reviews
interim in-house financial  statements and annual audited financial statements
and related  disclosure  documents,  including  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations",  with management
and external  auditors and approves  them prior to public  release.  The Audit
Committee is  responsible  for  reviewing  our internal  control  systems with
regard to finance,  accounting,  legal  compliance and ethical  behavior.  The
Committee meets regularly with external auditors, with and without management,
to consider the scope and results of their audits,  including  analysis of the
adequacy of the internal controls and the effect of the procedures relating to
the outside  auditors'  independence.  The  Committee  also  recommends to the
shareholders the selection of external  auditors for their  appointment by the
shareholders.  The Audit  Committee is comprised of the following  independent
Directors: Mr. Pierre Marcouiller,  Mr. Guy Marier, Mr. Andre Tremblay and Mr.
Michael Unger.  The Chair of the Audit Committee is Mr.  Tremblay.  During the
fiscal year ended August 31, 2005, the Audit Committee met a total of four (4)
times and all members attended all meetings.

HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE  

The Board of  Directors  updated  and amended  the Human  Resources  Committee
Charter,   which  integrates  the  Compensation   Committee  Charter  and  the
Nominating  and  Governance   Committee  Charter  to  fully  comply  with  all
applicable regulations.

The Human Resources Committee is responsible for assessing the performance and
establishing the annual compensation of all our senior officers, including the
CEO.

This Committee also reviews and submits to the Board the salary  structure and
the  short-term  and  long-term  incentive  compensation  programs for all our
employees.

The Committee is responsible  for the review and approval of the employees who
will receive restricted share units (RSUs) and options to purchase EXFO shares
in  accordance  with  policies  established  by the Board and the terms of the
Long-Term  Incentive Plan. In addition,  the Committee reports annually to the
Board  regarding the  organizational  structure and succession plan for senior
management.  The  remuneration to be paid by EXFO to the Directors,  either in
cash or in the form of deferred  share units  (DSUs)  pursuant to the Deferred
Share Unit Plan, is recommended to the Board by the Human Resources Committee.
The Human  Resources  Committee  is  comprised  of the  following  independent
Directors: Mr. Pierre Marcouiller,  Mr. Guy Marier, Dr. David A. Thompson, Mr.
Andre  Tremblay  and Mr.  Michael  Unger.  The  Chair of the  Human  Resources
Committee is Mr.  Unger.  During the fiscal year ended  August 31,  2005,  the
Human  Resources  Committee  met a total of two (2) times and  attendance  was
perfect at all  meetings.  

DISCLOSURE COMMITTEE

The Board of Directors also updated the Disclosure  Guidelines to fully comply
with all applicable  regulations.  The Disclosure Committee is responsible for
overseeing our disclosure practices.  The Disclosure Committee consists of the
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer,  Investor Relations Manager,
Manager of Financial  Reporting and  Accounting,  as well as Legal Counsel and
Corporate Secretary.

During the year ended August 31, 2005, the Disclosure  Committee  ensured that
the  corporate  governance  and  disclosure  policies  adopted by the Board of
Directors on March 29, 2005,  were made publicly  available.  This was done by
posting the following  documents on our Web site: The Audit Committee Charter;
Board of Directors  Corporate  Governance  Guidelines;  Code of Ethics for Our
Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers; Ethics and Business
Conduct Policy;  Human Resources Committee Charter; and Statement on Reporting
Ethical  Violations.  The Disclosure  Committee also ensured that a contact to
the  Lead  Director  and  the  Legal  Counsel  was  made   available  via  the
Corporation's Web site.

SHAREHOLDER/INVESTOR COMMUNICATIONS AND FEEDBACK 

The Chief Financial Officer assumes responsibility for investor relations.  He
is responsible for facilitating  communications  between senior management and
EXFO's  shareholders  and financial  analysts.  Information to shareholders is
disseminated  through  annual and quarterly  reports,  press  releases,  proxy
circular, the Annual General Shareholders' Meeting and investor presentations.
EXFO receives and responds to all  shareholders'  inquiries in an  appropriate
and timely manner. In communications to senior management, the Chief Financial
Officer also provides feedback from shareholders.

SECURITIES TRADING POLICY 

The Board of Directors of the  Corporation  updated and amended the Securities
Policy to fully comply with applicable  regulations.  This policy is among the
necessary  measures to prevent  trading by persons in  possession  of Material
Information.

2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  56


GLOSSARY

| ADD/DROP  MULTIPLEXER  (ADM):  A SONET/SDH term for a device that can either
  insert or drop DS1, DS2 or DS3 channels or SONET  signals  into/from a SONET
  bit stream. The ADM can reach up into the SONET pipe and extract a DS1-level
  signal,  without going through the rigorous  process of  demultiplexing  and
  remultiplexing.

| BANDWIDTH:  Represents the amount of data that can be transmitted  through a
  communications  channel  in a fixed  amount of time.  For  digital  devices,
  bandwidth  is usually  expressed  in bits (or bytes) per second.  For analog
  devices, it is expressed in cycles per second, or in hertz (Hz). The greater
  the bandwidth, the greater the information-carrying  capacity and the faster
  the speed.

| ETHERNET: Protocol for data networking.  Ethernet networks typically operate
  at 10, 100 or 1000 Mb/s.

| FIBER-TO-THE-X  (FTTX)  TECHNOLOGY:  The x in  fiber-to-the-x  is a variable
  indicating  the  point at which the  fiber in a  network  stops  and  copper
  (coaxial or  twisted-pair)  cabling takes over.  The further the fiber goes,
  the wider the bandwidth,  the quicker the speed,  and the more  applications
  and services can be offered.

| GENERIC FRAMING  PROCEDURE  (GFP):  Traffic  adaptation  protocol  providing
  convergence between packet-switched and transmission networks. GFP elegantly
  maps packet-based protocols such as Ethernet,  Fibre Channel,  FICON, ESCON,
  and various forms of digital video into  SONET/SDH,  typically using virtual
  concatenation to provide right-sized pipes for data services.

| GIGABIT ETHERNET: A version of Ethernet that operates at 1 Gb/s (1000 Mb/s).

| INTERNET  PROTOCOL  (IP):  Method or protocol by which data is sent from one
  computer to another on the  Internet.  Each  computer on the Internet has at
  least one IP address that uniquely identifies it from all other computers on
  the  Internet.  Because of these  standardized  IP  addresses,  the  gateway
  receiving  the  data  can  keep  track  of,  recognize  and  route  messages
  appropriately.

| INTRACYTOPLASMIC SPERM INJECTION (ICSI):  Laboratory procedure that involves
  the injection of a single sperm cell  directly  into an oocyte  (mature egg)
  using a glass needle  (pipette).  Some of EXFO's life sciences  products are
  used in the reproduction of genetically identical mice for medical research,
  helping improve the yield of the ICSI procedure.

| LINK CAPACITY  ADJUSTMENT SCHEME (LCAS):  LCAS is a bidirectional  signaling
  protocol between network elements that continually monitors a link, ensuring
  that  changes  in  network   capacity  do  not  impair  a  client's  traffic
  transmission. This protocol uses virtual concatenation (VCAT) to dynamically
  allocate  bandwidth by reconfiguring  VCAT groups in real-time.  LCAS allows
  carriers    using    next-generation    SONET/SDH    networks   to   provide
  bandwidth-on-demand to users.

| MULTISERVICE PROVISIONING PLATFORM (MSPP): A packet-aware SONET/SDH add/drop
  multiplexer that offers network service  providers (NSPs) an efficient means
  of  transporting  various  types of  packet-based  client  signals  (such as
  Ethernet and Fibre Channel) over existing  SONET/SDH  infrastructures.  This
  allows NSPs to offer multiple services to consumers and generate  additional
  revenue without having to invest heavily in a new infrastructure.

| NANOTECHNOLOGY:  Technology that involves  manipulating  materials on a very
  small and precise  scale  (nanometers;  i.e.,  one  billionth of a meter) in
  order to build microscopic machinery.

| PACKET:  Bits grouped serially in a defined format,  containing a command or
  data message sent over a network. Same as a frame.

| PIEZOELECTRIC (PZT) TECHNOLOGY: Technology of piezoelectricity, which refers
  to the electrical field created by some ceramic  materials when subjected to
  pressure.  Precision  positioning  devices use the inverse effect;  that is,
  when an electric field is applied to a  piezoelectric  material,  it changes
  shape, and this shape change is used to create precise mechanical movements.

| POLARIZATION  MODE  DISPERSION  (PMD):  Dispersion  of light causing a delay
  between the two principal states of polarization  propagating  along a fiber
  or through a device due to the birefringence properties of the material.

| PROTOCOL: A formal set of rules governing the format, timing, sequencing and
  error  control of data  exchange  across a network.  Many  protocols  may be
  required and used on a single network.

| SDH:  Synchronous  Digital  Hierarchy.  Standardized  by  the  International
  Telecommunication  Union (ITU-TSS). A protocol for transmitting  information
  over optical fiber.

| SONET:  Synchronous  Optical NETwork.  Standardized by the American National
  Standards  Institute  (ANSI).  A protocol for backbone  networks  capable of
  transmitting  at  extremely  high  speeds  and  accommodating  gigabit-level
  bandwidth.

| SPOT CURING:  Technology by which a dose of energy of a specific  wavelength
  band and irradiance is used to cause an adhesive,  encapsulant or sealant to
  change from a liquid to a solid in a small area.

| TRIPLE-PLAY  SERVICES:  Also known as  bundled  services.  The  ability of a
  telecommunications  carrier to supply voice, data and video  applications at
  once.  A typical  example of a  triple-play  proposal  would  include one or
  multiple phone lines, a high-speed Internet connection and television/ video
  services (such as HDTV), all offered by the same provider.

| VIRTUAL  CONCATENATION  (VCAT):  Process  enabling  transport  pipes  to  be
  "right-sized" for various data payloads by allowing SONET/SDH channels to be
  multiplexed  in  arbitrary  arrangements.  VCAT breaks down data packets and
  maps them into the base units of time-division  multiplex frames.  This data
  is then grouped in multiple  data flows of various  sizes to create  larger,
  aggregate  payloads optimally sized to match available  SONET/SDH  capacity.
  VCAT is applied to the  end-points  of the  connections,  which permits each
  channel to be independently transmitted through a legacy transport network.

                                             2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  57


SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

The subordinate voting shares of EXFO are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange
under the stock symbol  "EXF.SV" and on the NASDAQ  Stock  Exchange  under the
stock symbol "EXFO".

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

The Annual General Meeting of Shareholders of EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering
Inc.  will be held on  January  11,  2006,  9  a.m.,  at the TSX  Broadcast  &
Conference  Centre,  The Exchange Tower (Gallery Room),  130 King Street West,
Toronto, Ontario.

TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS

CANADA                                   UNITED STATES
CIBC Mellon Trust Company                Mellon Investor Services, LLC
2001 University Street                   Overpeck Center
Suite 1600                               85 Challenger Road
Montreal, Quebec H3A 2A6                 Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660
Tel.: (514) 285-3600                     Tel.: (201) 296-4000
                                        
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS                    
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP              
Place de la Cite, Tour Cominar          
2640 Laurier Blvd., Suite 1700          
Sainte-Foy, Quebec G1V 5C2              
Tel.: (418) 522-7001                    
                                        
CONTACT INFORMATION                     
GENERAL ACCESS                           INVESTOR RELATIONS
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.    Vance Oliver
400 Godin Avenue                         Manager, Investor Relations
Vanier, Quebec G1M 2K2                   Tel.: (418) 683-0913, Ext. 3733
Tel.: (418) 683-0211                     E-mail: vance.oliver@exfo.com
E-mail: ir@exfo.com                     
www.exfo.com                            
                                      
The Annual Report is available in English and in French,  both in print and on
our Web site at www.exfo.com.

STOCK PERFORMANCE

                        [GRAPHIC OMITTED][LINE CHART]

2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  58


WORLDWIDE OFFICES

EXFO PHOTONIC SOLUTIONS INC.              EXFO PROTOCOL                        
2260 Argentia Road                        2650 Marie-Curie West                
Mississauga, Ontario L5N 6H7 CANADA       St-Laurent, Quebec H4S 2C3 CANADA    
Tel.: 1 800 668-8752 (USA and Canada)     Tel.: 1 888 972-7666 (USA and Canada)
or 1 905 821-2600                         or 1 514 856-2222                    
Fax: 1 905 821-2055                       Fax: 1 514 856-2232                  
                                                                               
                                          CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS               
EXFO AMERICA INC.                         400 Godin Avenue                     
3701 Plano Parkway, Suite 160             Vanier, Quebec G1M 2K2 CANADA        
Plano, TX 75075 USA                       Tel.: 1 800 663-3936 (USA and Canada)
Tel.: 1 800 663-3936 (USA and Canada)     or 1 418 683-0211                    
or 1 972 907-1505                         Fax: 1 418 683-2170                  
Fax: 1 972 836-0164                                                            
                                          EXFO EUROPE S.A.R.L.                 
                                          Le Dynasteur                         
                                          10/12, rue Andras Beck               
                                          92366 Meudon la Foret                
                                          Cedex FRANCE                         
                                          Tel.: +33.1.40.83.85.85              
                                          Fax: +33.1.40.83.04.42               

EXFO ASIA-PACIFIC PTE LTD.                EXFO CHINA                            
151 Chin Swee Road #03-29                 Beijing New Century Hotel Office Tower
Manhattan House                           Room 1754-1755                        
SINGAPORE 169876                          No. 6 Southern Capital Gym Road       
Tel.: +65 6333 8241                       Beijing 100044, P. R., CHINA          
Fax: +65 6333 8242                        Tel.: +86 (10) 6849 2738              
                                          Fax: +86 (10) 6849 2662               
                                                                                
                                          No. 88 Fuhua First Road               
                                          Central Tower, Room 801               
                                          Futian District                       
                                          Shenzhen 518048, P.R. CHINA           
                                          Tel.: +86 (755) 8203 2300             
                                          Fax: +86 (755) 8203 2306              

EXFO JAPAN
4-6-3-202 Akasaka, Minato-ku
Tokyo 107-0052, JAPAN 
Tel.: +81-3-5562-5344 
Fax: +81-3-5562-5777

             [GRAPHIC OMITTED][WORLD MAP SHOWING OFFICE LOCATIONS]

                                              2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  59


Notes

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________


2005 Annual Report o EXFO ::  60







                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

www.exfo.com
Telecommunications Test and Measurement                   EXFO
                                                          Expertise Reaching Out


(c)2005 EXFO Electro-Optical  Engineering Inc. All rights reserved. 
Printed in Canada



[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
[LOGO - EXFO]

       Corporate Headquarters > 400 Godin Avenue, Vanier (Quebec) G1M 2K2 CANADA
                     Tel:  1 418 683-0211 | Fax:  1 418 683-2170 | info@exfo.com
================================================================================
                                                                    www.exfo.com
                                                                    ------------

Quebec City, November 1, 2005


Re: Annual General Meeting of Shareholders


Dear Shareholder:


EXFO  celebrated  its 20th  anniversary in a fitting manner in fiscal 2005. We
continued our long-term,  market-driven  innovation  strategy to tap into new,
revenue-generating  market  opportunities.  This  strong  positioning  led  to
significant  progress in market share,  sales and  profitability in 2005, even
though  we  faced a  highly  competitive  and  changing  landscape  as well as
considerable  currency  fluctuations.  Consider  some of our  key  performance
highlights in fiscal 2005:

     o     Increased  sales  30.3% to $97.2  million in 2005,  up from a 20.5%
           increase in 2004;
     o     Achieved  positive GAAP net earnings in the last three  quarters of
           2005; net loss reduced from $8.4 million in 2004 to $1.6 million in
           2005;
     o     Generated $14.0 million in cash flows from operating activities, up
           from $0.8 million in 2004;
     o     Reached  a  leadership   position  in  the   high-growth,   optical
           fiber-to-the-x (FTTx) test market; and
     o     Derived 42.4% of sales from new products on the market two years or
           less.

Looking ahead to fiscal 2006, I would like to communicate  the key performance
indicators against which our management team should be measured.  It should be
noted that these are metrics, not guidance, for fiscal 2006. We intend to take
advantage of key market trends,  such as fiber  deployments in access networks
and the migration to converged IP-based networks, to reach our objectives.



CORPORATE OBJECTIVES FOR FISCAL 2006

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           GOAL                                                      METRIC
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           
        Increase sales through market-share gains                 Increase sales more than 15% year-over-year
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  Maximize profitability                       Generate more than 5% in earnings from operations
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Focus on innovation                           Derive at least 40% of sales from new products
                                                                      (less than two years on the market)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





I will discuss  these  objectives  in greater  detail at our  upcoming  Annual
General  Meeting of  Shareholders.  Please  consider  this  letter as a formal
invitation  to attend our  Meeting,  which will be held on January 11, 2006, 9
a.m., at the TSX Broadcast & Conference  Centre,  The Exchange  Tower (Gallery
Room), 130 King Street West, Toronto, Ontario.

Details of the  business to be  conducted  at the Meeting are  provided in the
attached  Management  Proxy Circular and Notice of Annual  General  Meeting of
Shareholders.

It is important that your shares be represented at the Meeting. WHETHER OR NOT
YOU PLAN TO ATTEND THE  MEETING,  PLEASE  COMPLETE,  SIGN,  DATE AND  PROMPTLY
RETURN THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE.

If you send in your proxy card and then  decide to attend the  Meeting to vote
your  shares  in  person,  you may still do so.  Your  proxy is  revocable  in
accordance with the procedures set forth in the Management Proxy Circular.

On behalf of the Board of Directors,  I would like to express our appreciation
for your  continued  interest  in EXFO.  We look  forward to seeing you at the
Meeting.


Sincerely,


/s/ Germain Lamonde
-----------------------------
Germain Lamonde
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
EXFO Electro-Optical Engineering Inc.



                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                                  [EXFO LOGO]


                      EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

                            -------------------------


                NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS


      NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Annual General  Meeting (the  "Meeting")
of shareholders of EXFO  Electro-Optical  Engineering Inc. (the "Corporation")
will be held at 9:00 a.m. (Eastern  Standard Time), on Wednesday,  January 11,
2006,  at the Toronto  Stock  Exchange  Broadcast  &  Conference  Centre,  The
Exchange Tower ( Gallery Room), 130 King Street West, Toronto, Ontario, Canada
for the following purposes:

1.    to receive the consolidated  financial statements of the Corporation for
      the  financial  year ended August 31,  2005,  and the  Auditor's  report
      thereon;

2.    to elect Directors of the Corporation;

3.    to appoint  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP as auditors and to authorize the
      Audit Committee to fix their remuneration;

4.    to transact  such further or other  business as may properly come before
      the Meeting or any adjournment or adjournments thereof.

Enclosed is a copy of the 2005 Annual Report of the Corporation  including the
consolidated  financial statements and the Auditor's Report thereon,  together
with the Management Proxy Circular and a form of Proxy.

DATED at Vanier, Quebec, this 1st day of November, 2005.


                                        BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
                    

                                        /s/ Benoit Ringuette
                                        -----------------------------
                                        Benoit Ringuette
                                        Secretary


SHAREHOLDERS  UNABLE TO ATTEND THE  MEETING  ARE  REQUESTED  TO  COMPLETE  THE
ENCLOSED  PROXY  FORM AND  RETURN IT IN THE  ENVELOPE  PROVIDED.  TO BE VALID,
PROXIES MUST REACH THE OFFICE OF CIBC MELLON TRUST  COMPANY,  2001  UNIVERSITY
STREET, SUITE 1600, MONTREAL,  QUEBEC, CANADA, H3A 2A6, NO LATER THAN THE LAST
DAY PRIOR TO THE DATE OF THE MEETING OR ANY RECONVENING OF THE MEETING IN CASE
OF  ADJOURNMENT.  SHAREHOLDERS  MAY ALSO HAVE THE PROXY FORM  DELIVERED TO THE
CHAIRMAN OF THE MEETING  PRIOR TO THE TIME OF VOTING ON THE DAY OF THE MEETING
OR ANY ADJOURNMENT THEREOF.



                      EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

                  MANAGEMENT PROXY CIRCULAR OF THE CORPORATION
                 FOR THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

          THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE MANAGEMENT OF THE CORPORATION

The undersigned  shareholder of EXFO  ELECTRO-OPTICAL  ENGINEERING INC. hereby
appoints (CHECK EITHER (A) or (B)):

[_]   (A)   Mr. Germain Lamonde of Cap-Rouge, Quebec, or failing him, Mr. Pierre
            Plamondon of Quebec, Quebec;

[_]   (B)   _______________________________ of ________________________________;
                        (Name)                              (Address)

as the  representative of the undersigned to attend, act and vote on behalf of
the  undersigned  at the  ANNUAL  GENERAL  MEETING  OF THE  SHAREHOLDERS  (THE
"MEETING")  OF THE  CORPORATION  TO BE  HELD  AT THE  TORONTO  STOCK  EXCHANGE
BROADCAST & CONFERENCE  CENTRE,  THE EXCHANGE TOWER (GALLERY  ROOM),  130 KING
STREET WEST,  TORONTO,  ONTARIO,  CANADA, ON JANUARY 11, 2006, AT 9:00 O'CLOCK
A.M. (EASTERN STANDARD TIME) AND AT ANY ADJOURNMENTS OF SUCH MEETING.

THE UNDERSIGNED  WISHES THAT ALL SHARES  REPRESENTED BY THIS PROXY BE VOTED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS  HEREINBELOW.  ALL SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS
PROXY  WILL BE  VOTED  FOR,  AGAINST  OR BE THE  SUBJECT  OF  ABSTENTIONS,  AS
SPECIFIED BY THE SHAREHOLDER.  HOWEVER,  IN THE ABSENCE OF  INSTRUCTIONS,  THE
SHARES  REPRESENTED  BY PROXY WILL BE VOTED IN FAVOR OF EACH OF THE  PROPOSALS
SET FORTH HEREIN.

                                                                (MARK WITH AN X)

To elect Germain Lamonde, Pierre Marcouiller, Guy          FOR           [_]
Marier, David A. Thompson, Andre Tremblay and Michael
Unger, whose cities of residence are indicated in the
Management Proxy Circular, as Directors of the
Corporation.                                               ABSTENTION    [_]

To appoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors          FOR           [_]
and to authorize the Audit Committee to fix their
remuneration.
                                                           ABSTENTION    [_]

A DISCRETIONARY POWER IS HEREBY CONFERRED as to any amendment or change made to
the matters mentioned in the Notice of Meeting or as to such other matters as
may legally come before the Meeting. The Management of the Corporation is not
aware of any amendments, changes or other matters that may come before the
Meeting.

                                                                    
* A SHAREHOLDER IS ENTITLED TO APPOINT, TO       DATED this          day of
ATTEND AND ACT FOR AND ON BEHALF OF SUCH         
SHAREHOLDER AT THE MEETING, A PERSON OTHER       
THAN THE PERSON MENTIONED IN (A) HEREIN ABOVE    ______________________________
AND MAY DO SO BY CHECKING (B) HEREINABOVE AND    SIGNATURE OF SHAREHOLDER  
ADDING THE NAME OF SUCH OTHER PERSON IN THE
SPACE RESERVED FOR SUCH PURPOSE.                 [                            ]
                                                      name of shareholder     
                                                 [                            ]


THIS PROXY MUST BE SIGNED BY THE SHAREHOLDER OR HIS PROXYHOLDER  AUTHORIZED IN
WRITING OR, IF THE SHAREHOLDER IS A CORPORATION,  UNDER ITS CORPORATE SEAL, BY
A DULY AUTHORIZED  OFFICER OR PROXYHOLDER OF THE CORPORATION.  PLEASE REMEMBER
TO DATE AND SIGN THIS PROXY.  IF THIS PROXY IS NOT DATED, IT WILL BE DEEMED TO
BEAR THE DATE OF ITS MAILING BY MANAGEMENT.

           YOU ARE REFERRED TO THE MANAGEMENT PROXY CIRCULAR APPENDED.

                                                              FRANCAIS AU VERSO



[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

   [EXFO LOGO]


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------


NOTIC OF ANNUAL

MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

AND

MANAGEMENT PROXY CIRCULAR


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------






NOVEMBER 1, 2005




                      EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

                            MANAGEMENT PROXY CIRCULAR

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

THIS MANAGEMENT PROXY CIRCULAR IS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOLICITATION
BY THE MANAGEMENT OF EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL  ENGINEERING INC. (THE "CORPORATION"
OR "EXFO") OF PROXIES TO BE USED AT THE ANNUAL  MEETING OF  SHAREHOLDERS  (THE
"MEETING")  OF THE  CORPORATION  TO BE HELD AT THE TIME AND  PLACE AND FOR THE
PURPOSES STATED IN THE  ACCOMPANYING  NOTICE OF MEETING AND AT ANY ADJOURNMENT
THEREOF. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS GIVEN
AS OF NOVEMBER 1, 2005.

It is  expected  that  the  solicitation  will be made  primarily  by mail but
proxies may also be solicited  personally by officers,  employees or agents of
the Corporation.  The Corporation may also reimburse brokers and other persons
holding  shares in their names,  or in the names of nominees,  for their costs
incurred in sending proxy material to principals and obtaining  their proxies.
The cost of  solicitation  will be borne by the Corporation and is expected to
be nominal.


APPOINTMENT AND REVOCATION OF PROXIES AND ATTENDANCE OF BENEFICIAL SHAREHOLDERS

The  persons  named in the  enclosed  Form of Proxy (the "Form of Proxy")  are
officers of the  Corporation.  A  SHAREHOLDER  DESIRING TO APPOINT  SOME OTHER
PERSON (WHO NEED NOT BE A SHAREHOLDER)  TO REPRESENT HIM OR HER AT THE MEETING
MAY DO SO BY INSERTING  SUCH PERSON'S NAME IN THE BLANK SPACE  PROVIDED IN THE
FORM OF PROXY AND CHECKING ITEM (B).

To be valid,  proxies must be received at the Montreal,  Canada office of CIBC
Mellon Trust Company,  2001 University Street, Suite 1600,  Montreal,  Quebec,
Canada,  H3A 2A6, the  transfer  agent of the  Corporation,  no later than the
close of business on the last business day preceding the day of the Meeting or
any  adjournment  thereof,  or proxies may be delivered to the Chairman of the
Meeting on the day of the Meeting or any  adjournment  thereof.  A  beneficial
shareholder who completes a Form of Proxy and who wishes to attend and vote at
the Meeting  personally  must appoint  himself or herself  proxy holder in the
foregoing manner.

A proxy given  pursuant to this  solicitation  may be revoked by instrument in
writing  executed by the  shareholder or by his or her attorney  authorized in
writing if such instrument is deposited either at the registered office of the
Corporation  to the  attention  of the  Secretary  no later  than the close of
business  on the last  business  day  preceding  the day of the Meeting or any
adjournment  thereof  or with the  Chairman  of the  Meeting on the day of the
Meeting or any adjournment thereof.


VOTING OF PROXIES

The shares represented by proxies appointing the persons,  or any one of them,
designated by Management  thereon to represent the  shareholder at the Meeting
will be voted in accordance with the  instructions  given by the  shareholder.
UNLESS  OTHERWISE  INDICATED,  THE  VOTING  RIGHTS  ATTACHING  TO  THE  SHARES
REPRESENTED  BY A FORM OF PROXY  WILL BE VOTED  "FOR"  IN  RESPECT  OF ALL THE
PROPOSALS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

The Form of Proxy  confers  discretionary  authority  upon the  persons  named
therein with respect to amendments or variations to matters  identified in the
accompanying Notice of Meeting. As at the date hereof, Management is not aware
that any other matter is to be presented at the Meeting.  If,  however,  other
matters properly come before the Meeting,  the persons  designated in the Form
of Proxy will vote thereon in accordance  with their judgment  pursuant to the
discretionary authority conferred by such proxy with respect to such matters.


                                       1


VOTING SHARES AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS THEREOF

As at November 1, 2005,  30,672,617  Subordinate  Voting Shares and 37,900,000
Multiple  Voting  Shares were  outstanding,  being the only  classes of shares
entitled to be voted at the Meeting.  Each holder of Subordinate Voting Shares
is entitled to one vote and the holder of Multiple  Voting  Shares is entitled
to 10  votes  for each  share  registered  in his or her name at the  close of
business on November 21, 2005,  being the date fixed by the Board of Directors
for the purpose of determining registered shareholders entitled to receive the
accompanying  Notice of Meeting  and to vote (the  "Record  Date").  A list of
shareholders  entitled  to vote as of the Record  Date,  showing the number of
shares  held by each  shareholder,  shall be  prepared  within  10 days of the
Record Date. This list of shareholders will be available for inspection during
normal  business  hours at the  Montreal,  Canada  office of CIBC Mellon Trust
Company, the transfer agent of the Corporation,  2001 University Street, Suite
1600, Montreal, Quebec, Canada, H3A 2A6, and at the Meeting.

Unless otherwise indicated, the resolutions submitted to a vote at the Meeting
must be passed by a majority of the votes cast by the  holders of  Subordinate
Voting Shares and Multiple  Voting Shares,  as a single class,  present at the
Meeting in person or by proxy and voting in respect of all  resolutions  to be
voted on by the shareholders of the Corporation.

To the knowledge of executive officers and directors of the Corporation, as of
November 1, 2005, the only persons who are  beneficial  owners or who exercise
control or direction,  directly or indirectly,  over shares carrying more than
10% of the voting rights  attaching to any class of shares of the  Corporation
are:





-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               PERCENTAGE OF     PERCENTAGE OF VOTING
                                      PERCENTAGE OF VOTING      NUMBER OF      VOTING RIGHTS      RIGHTS ATTACHED TO
                         NUMBER OF     RIGHTS ATTACHED TO        MULTIPLE     ATTACHED TO ALL     ALL SUBORDINATE AND
                        SUBORDINATE      ALL SUBORDINATE         VOTING       MULTIPLE VOTING       MULTIPLE VOTING
 NAME OF SHAREHOLDER   VOTING SHARES      VOTING SHARES        SHARES (1)         SHARES                SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  
Germain Lamonde         93,000 (2)            0.30%            37,900,000(3)       100%                  92.54%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Kern Capital           4,658,000 (4)         15.19%                -                 -                    1.14%
Management LLC
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FMR Corporation        4,595,100 (5)         14.98%                -                 -                    1.12%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


-----------------
(1)   The holder of  Multiple  Voting  Shares is entitled to 10 votes for each
      share.
(2)   Mr. Lamonde  exercises  control over this number of  Subordinate  Voting
      Shares through Placements Lamonde, SENC, a partnership controlled by Mr.
      Lamonde.
(3)   Mr. Lamonde exercises control over this number of Multiple Voting Shares
      through G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc., a company controlled
      by Mr. Lamonde and through Fiducie Germain  Lamonde,  a family trust for
      the benefit of Mr. Lamonde's family.
(4)   As of June 30,  2005,  Kern Capital  Management  LLC controls the voting
      rights  attached to this number of  subordinate  voting  shares  through
      relationships  with  several  clients  and  does  not  beneficially  own
      directly this number of subordinate voting shares.
(5)   As of June  30,  2005,  Fidelity  Management  and  Research  Company,  a
      wholly-owned  subsidiary of FMR Corporation,  is the beneficial owner of
      this  number  of  subordinate  voting  shares  as a result  of acting as
      investment advisor to various investment companies.


ELECTRONIC DELIVERY

The  Corporation  has a  voluntary  program  for  e-mail  notification  to our
shareholders  that  documents  which must be delivered  pursuant to securities
legislation  are  available  on EXFO's  website.  Every  year,  EXFO  delivers
documentation to shareholders,  such as this Management Proxy Circular and its
Annual Report that must be delivered to  shareholders  of a public  company by
law.  EXFO has made this  process more  convenient  for its  shareholders,  as
shareholders  who so wish,  may be notified  by e-mail when the  Corporation's
documentation   is  posted  in  the   "Investors"   section  on  its   website
(www.exfo.com).  Accordingly such documentation will not be sent in paper form
by mail. The Corporation  believes that  electronic  delivery will benefit the
environment and reduce its costs.  Shareholders  who do not consent to receive
documentation by e-mail will continue to receive such documentation by mail.


                                       2


Registered  shareholders can consent to electronic  delivery by completing and
returning  the consent form  accompanying  this  Circular to CIBC Mellon Trust
Company.  Unregistered shareholders (i.e. shares are held through a securities
broker,  bank,  trust  company or other  nominee)  can  consent to  electronic
delivery by completing  and returning the  appropriate  form received from the
applicable intermediary.


BUSINESS TO BE TRANSACTED AT THE MEETING

PRESENTATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The  consolidated  financial  statements of the  Corporation for the financial
year ended  August 31, 2005 and the  Auditors'  report  thereon  contained  in
EXFO's  Annual  Report   accompanying  this  Circular  will  be  submitted  to
shareholders  at the Meeting but no vote with  respect  thereto is required or
proposed to be taken.

ELECTION OF THE DIRECTORS

According to the  articles of the  Corporation,  the Board of Directors  shall
consist  of a minimum  of 3 and a maximum  of 12  directors.  At the  Meeting,
Management proposes the 6 persons named hereafter on pages 3 and 4 as nominees
for  election as  directors  to hold office  until the next annual  meeting or
until the office is otherwise  vacated in  accordance  with the  Corporation's
by-laws.

Management does not anticipate that any of the nominees will be unable, or for
any reason  whatsoever,  be  reluctant to fulfill  their duties as  directors.
Should this occur for any reason whatsoever  before the election,  the persons
named in the Form of Proxy  reserve the right to vote for  another  nominee of
their choice unless the shareholder  specified on the Form of Proxy to abstain
from voting for the election of the directors.

APPOINTMENT AND REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS

A firm of  auditors  is to be  appointed  by vote of the  shareholders  at the
Meeting to serve as  auditors of the  Corporation  until the close of the next
annual  meeting.   The  Audit  Committee  is  to  be  authorized  to  fix  the
remuneration  of the  auditors  so  appointed.  The  Board  of  Directors  and
Management,   upon  the  advice  of  the  Audit   Committee,   recommend  that
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP be re-appointed as Auditors of the Corporation. The
re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP must be approved by a majority of
the votes cast on the matter at the Meeting.


NOMINEES FOR ELECTION AS DIRECTORS AND THEIR BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF 
VOTING SECURITIES

The following table and notes set out the name of each of the individuals whom
is proposed to be  nominated  at the Meeting for election as a director of the
Corporation,  all other  positions  and offices with the  Corporation  and its
subsidiaries  now  held  by  each  such  individual,  if  any,  the  principal
occupation or employment of each such individual,  their respective  period of
service as a director and the approximate  number of shares of the Corporation
beneficially  owned  by  each  such  individual  or  over  which  each of them
exercised control or direction.





--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     NUMBER OF         NUMBER OF
 NAME AND POSITION OR OFFICE    PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION     CITY OF                     SUBORDINATE    MULTIPLE VOTING
    WITH THE CORPORATION           OR EMPLOYMENT        RESIDENCE    DIRECTOR SINCE  VOTING SHARES       SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       
Germain Lamonde(1)             Chairman of the         Cap-Rouge,     September 1985     93,000 (1)   37,900,000 (2)
Chairman of the Board,         Board, President and    Quebec
President and Chief            Chief Executive
Executive Officer              Officer, EXFO
                               Electro-Optical
                               Engineering Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       3



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     NUMBER OF         NUMBER OF
 NAME AND POSITION OR OFFICE    PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION     CITY OF                     SUBORDINATE    MULTIPLE VOTING
    WITH THE CORPORATION           OR EMPLOYMENT        RESIDENCE    DIRECTOR SINCE  VOTING SHARES       SHARES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       
Pierre Marcouiller(3)(4)       Chairman of the Board   Magog,           May 2000          5,000            -
Independent Director           and Chief Executive     Quebec
                               Officer,
                               Camoplast Inc.
                               (a supplier of
                               automotive and
                               recreational vehicle
                               parts)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guy Marier (3)(4)              Executive Consultant    Lakefield      January 2004        1,000            -
Independent Director                                   Gore, Quebec
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Andre Tremblay(3)(4)           Executive Consultant    Outremont,       May 2000          6,650 (5)        -
Independent Director                                   Quebec
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dr. David A. Thompson,         Vice-President&         Newton,         June 2000          2,100            -
Ph.D.(4)                       Director,  Hardware &   North
Independent Director           Equipment Technology    Carolina
                               Strategy, Corning
                               Cable Systems
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael Unger(3)(4)            Executive Consultant    Woodbridge,      May 2000           -               -
Independent Lead Director                              Ontario
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


--------------
(1)   Mr. Lamonde  exercises  control over this number of  Subordinate  Voting
      Shares through Placements Lamonde, SENC, a partnership controlled by Mr.
      Lamonde.
(2)   Mr. Lamonde exercises control over this number of Multiple Voting Shares
      through G. Lamonde Investissements Financiers inc., a company controlled
      by Mr. Lamonde and through Fiducie Germain  Lamonde,  a family trust for
      the benefit of Mr. Lamonde's family.
(3)   Member of the Audit Committee.
(4)   Member of the Human Resources Committee.
(5)   Mr. Tremblay  exercises  control over this number of Subordinate  Voting
      Shares  through  9104-5559  Quebec  inc.  a  company  controlled  by Mr.
      Tremblay.

The  information  as to Subordinate  Voting Shares and Multiple  Voting Shares
beneficially owned or over which the above-named  individuals exercise control
or direction is not within the direct  knowledge  of the  Corporation  and has
been furnished by the respective individual.


COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

In the  financial  year  ended  August 31,  2005,  each  director  who are not
employees of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries  received the level of
compensation set forth in the table below as annual compensation  payable in a
combination  of cash and  Deferred  Share  Units  ("DSUs")  as  chosen  by the
director pursuant to the Deferred Share Unit Plan.


                                                                           
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Retainer for Directors: (1)                          CDN$50,000(2)    US$40,600 (3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Retainer for Committee Chairman:                      CDN$5,000        US$4,060 (3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Retainer for Committee Members:                       CDN$3,000        US$2,436 (3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fees for all Meetings Attended per day in Person:            CDN$1,000          US$812 (3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fees for all Meetings Attended per day by Telephone:           CDN$500          US$406 (3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


---------------
(1)   All the Directors elected to receive 50% of their Annual Retainer in form
      of Deferred Share Units.
(2)   The Annual Retainer for Mr. David A. Thompson is US$50,000 (CDN$61,575).
(3)   The compensation information has been converted from Canadian dollars to
      U.S. dollars based upon an average foreign exchange rate of CDN$1.2315 =
      US$1.00 for 2005.


                                       4


In the  financial  year  ended  August 31,  2005,  the  Directors  who are not
employees received the following compensation in the form indicated:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                ANNUAL                                FAIR VALUE OF DSUS AT     TOTAL ATTENDANCE
                           COMPENSATION PAID   ANNUAL COMPENSATION      THE TIME OF GRANT       FEES PAID IN CASH
          NAME             IN CASH (US$) (1)   PAID IN DSUS (#) (2)         (US$) (3)               (US$) (1)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      
Pierre Marcouiller (4)          25,173                4,537                  20,300                   4,466
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guy Marier  (5)                 25,173                4,537                  20,300                   4,466
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dr. David A. Thompson (6)       27,440                5,586                  25,000                   3,256
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Andre Tremblay (7)              26,797                4,537                  20,300                   4,466
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Michael Unger (8)               26,797                4,537                  20,300                   4,466
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


---------------
(1)   The compensation information has been converted from Canadian dollars to
      U.S. dollars based upon an average foreign exchange rate of CDN$1.2315 =
      US$1.00 for 2005 except for Mr.  David A.  Thompson  who is paid in U.S.
      dollar.  The  Annual  Compensation  includes,  as the case  may be,  the
      retainer for Director, Committee Members and Committee Chairman.
(2)   Indicates  the number of  Subordinate  Voting  Shares  granted under the
      Deferred  Share Unit Plan. A DSU is converted  in a  Subordinate  Voting
      Share when a Director ceases to be a member of the Board.
(3)   The fair value at the time of grant of a DSU is determined  based on the
      highest of the closing  prices of the  Subordinate  Voting Shares on the
      Toronto  Stock  Exchange  and the  NASDAQ  National  Market  on the last
      trading day preceding the grant date,  using the noon buying rate of the
      Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the grant date to convert the NASDAQ
      National  Market  closing price to Canadian  dollars,  as required.  The
      value  at  vesting  of a DSU is  equivalent  to the  market  value  of a
      Subordinate  Voting Share when a DSU is  converted  to such  Subordinate
      Voting Share.
(4)   Member of the Audit Committee and the Human Resources Committee.
(5)   Member of the Audit Committee and the Human Resources Committee.
(6)   Member of the Human Resources Committee.
(7)   Member of the Human Resources Committee and Chairman of the Audit
      Committee.
(8)   Member of the Audit Committee, Chairman of the Human Resources Committee
      and Lead Director.

COMPENSATION OF NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The table below shows compensation  information during the three most recently
completed financial years for Mr. Germain Lamonde,  the Chairman of the Board,
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Corporation,   Mr.  Pierre
Plamondon,  the  Vice-President  Finance and Chief  Financial  Officer and the
three other most highly compensated  executive officers of the Corporation and
its  subsidiaries who were serving the Corporation at the end of the financial
year (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers"). This information includes
the US dollar value of base  salaries,  bonus awards and  long-term  incentive
plan payments,  the number of options or Restricted  Share Units granted,  and
other compensation, if any, whether paid or deferred.





---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   SECURITIES
                                                                     OTHER ANNUAL     UNDER     RESTRICTED     ALL OTHER
  NAME AND PRINCIPAL    FINANCIAL   SALARY (1)         BONUS (2)     COMPENSATION    OPTIONS    SHARE UNITS  COMPENSATION
       POSITION          YEARS          ($)               ($)            ($)        (3) (#)         (4)            ($)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        
Germain Lamonde,         2005     243,605 (US)      121,729 (US)          -          17,942       13,089           -
President and Chief               300,000 (CDN)     149,909 (CDN)
Executive Officer
                         2004     206,751 (US)       57,115 (US)          -               -            -           -
                                  275,000 (CDN)      75,969 (CDN)

                         2003     185,848 (US)       25,247 (US)          -          50,000            -           -
                                  275,000 (CDN)      37,359 (CDN)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pierre Plamondon,        2005     151,441 (US)       48,735 (US)          -           5,383       33,927       2,316 (US) (5)
Vice-President Finance            186,500 (CDN)      60,017 (CDN)                                              2,852 (CDN)
and Chief Financial
Officer                  2004     135,328 (US)       17,451 (US)          -               -            -       1,429 (US) (5)
                                  180,000 (CDN)      23,211 (CDN)                                              1,901 (CDN)

                         2003     118,267 (US)        9,547 (US)          -          25,000            -         866 (US) (5)
                                  175,000 (CDN)      14,127 (CDN)                                              1,281 (CDN)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       5




------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   SECURITIES
                                                                     OTHER ANNUAL     UNDER     RESTRICTED     ALL OTHER
  NAME AND PRINCIPAL    FINANCIAL   SALARY (1)         BONUS (2)     COMPENSATION    OPTIONS    SHARE UNITS  COMPENSATION
       POSITION          YEARS          ($)               ($)            ($)        (3) (#)         (4)            ($)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        
Juan-Felipe Gonzalez,    2005     246,323 (US)        6,015 (US)          -           5,482       33,998           -
Vice-President,                   303,347 (CDN)       7,407 (CDN)
Global Telecom Sales
                         2004     231,597 (US)      563,867 (US)                        -            -             -
                                  308,047 (CDN)     750,000 (CDN)(6)      -         

                         2003     163,896 (US)        7,500 (US)          -          30,000            -           -
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stephen Bull             2005     121,803 (US)       32,559 (US)          -           3,589       32,618        1,758 (US) (5)
Vice-President                    150,000 (CDN)      40,097 (CDN)                                               2,165 (CDN)
Research & Development
                         2004     112,773 (US)       12,437 (US)          -               -            -       16,221 (US)(7)
                                  150,000 (CDN)      16,543 (CDN)                                              21,576 (CDN)

                         2003      81,098 (US)        8,138 (US)          -          15,000            -          588
                                  120,000 (CDN)      12,042 (CDN)                                                 871
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Etienne Gagnon           2005     113,683 (US)       34,389 (US)          -           3,158        9,804        1,067 (US)(5)
Vice-President,                   140,000 (CDN)      42,349 (CDN)                                               1,314 (CDN)
Optical-Layer  Product
Management and           2004      99,241 (US)        7,540 (US)          -               -            -           -
Customer Service                  132,000 (CDN)      11,157 (CDN)
  
                         2003      81,098 (US) (8)    2,550 (US)          -          20,000            -           -
                                  120,000 (CDN)       4,013 (CDN)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


---------------
(1)   The compensation  information for Canadian  residents has been converted
      from  Canadian  dollars to U.S.  dollars  based upon an average  foreign
      exchange rate of CDN$1.2315 = US$1.00 for 2005, CDN$1.3301 = US$1.00 for
      2004 and CDN$1.4797 = US$1.00 for 2003. The currency  conversions  cause
      these reported  salaries to fluctuate from  year-to-year  because of the
      fluctuation in exchange rate.
(2)   A  portion  of the bonus  amounts  is paid in cash in the year for which
      they are awarded  and the balance is paid in cash in the year  following
      the financial year for which they are awarded.
(3)   Indicates the number of Subordinate Voting Shares underlying the options
      granted under the  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan during the financial  year
      indicated.
(4)   Indicates  the  number  of  Restricted  Share  Units  granted  under the
      Long-Term Incentive Plan during the financial year indicated.
(5)   Indicates the amount contributed by the Corporation during the financial
      year indicated to the Deferred  Profit Sharing Plan, as applicable,  for
      the benefit of the Named Executive Officer.  Mr. Lamonde is not eligible
      to participate in the Deferred  Profit Sharing Plan and Mr. Gonzalez did
      not participate.
(6)   Pursuant  to the  terms of his  employment  agreement,  Mr.  Juan-Felipe
      Gonzalez  did  receive a cash  payment of  CDN$750,000  since he did not
      voluntarily  resign and was not dismissed  with cause prior to September
      2003. An amount of CDN$500,000 was disbursed on October 17, 2003 and the
      remaining CDN$250,000 was disbursed on January 25, 2004.
(7)   Indicates the amount paid by the  Corporation  during the financial year
      for  relocation  allowance  (CDN$20,000)  (US$15,036)  plus  the  amount
      referred in note 5 above (CDN$1,576) (US$1,185).
(8)   This amount  represents Mr. Gagnon annual base salary.  Since Mr. Gagnon
      joined the  Corporation in January 13, 2003, the base salary paid to Mr.
      Gagnon  for the  financial  year  ended  August  31,  2003  amounted  to
      US$49,906 (CDN$73,846).

Other than its Long-Term Incentive Plan, Deferred Share Unit Plan,  Restricted
Stock Award Plan and Stock Appreciation Rights Plan, which are described below
in the "Report on Executive  Compensation by the Human  Resources  Committee -
Long-Term  Incentive  Compensation",  the Corporation  does not have any other
formal long-term incentive plans for its directors, officers and employees.

SHARE PURCHASE PLAN

In September 1998, prior to becoming a public company, the Corporation adopted
a share purchase plan for officers, directors and key employees, as amended in
April  2000.  On April 3,  2000,  the  Corporation  adopted a share plan which
replaced  the  1998  share  plan  and on June  29,  2000,  at the  time of the
Corporation's  initial  public  offering,  all of the 707,264 Class "F" shares
issued under this plan to Officers, directors and key employees and fully paid
by them were converted into Subordinate  Voting Shares.  No additional  shares
will be issued under this share plan. This share plan required the Subordinate
Voting Shares  previously  acquired by  participants  to be held in trust by a
trustee until August 31, 2004, except for 249,977  Subordinate  Voting Shares,
of which 216,548  Subordinate Voting Shares were released on October 21, 2003,
6,020 Subordinate  Voting Shares were released on December 23, 2003 and 27,409
Subordinate Voting Shares were released on January 20, 2004.


                                       6


For  further  information  regarding  this  share  plan,  please  refer to the
Corporation's  Management Proxy Circular dated November 1, 2004 in the section
named "Share Plan"  available on SEDAR  website at  www.sedar.com  under "This
Public's  Company's  Documents"  - Management  Information  Circular - English
filed on November 29, 2004.

DEFERRED PROFIT SHARING PLAN

The Corporation  maintains a deferred profit sharing plan for certain eligible
Canadian resident  employees.  Under this plan, the Corporation may contribute
an  amount  equal to 1% until  May 31,  2005 and 2% from  June 1, 2005 of each
employee's gross salary to that employee's  individual deferred profit sharing
plan to the extent that such  employee  contributes  at least 2% of his or her
gross  salary  to his or her  individual  tax-deferred  registered  retirement
savings  plan.  In the  financial  year ended August 31, 2005,  the  aggregate
amount of contributions paid under the plan was US$179,000 (CDN$221,000).  Mr.
Germain Lamonde is not entitled to participate in this plan.

401K PLAN

The  Corporation  maintains a 401K plan for eligible  United  States  resident
employees  of  its  subsidiaries.   Under  this  plan,  the  Corporation  must
contribute an amount equivalent to 3% of an employee's  current  compensation,
subject  to  certain  legislated  maximum  contribution  limits.   During  the
financial  year ended  August 31, 2005,  the  Corporation  paid  contributions
totaling US$134,000.

DEFERRED SHARE UNIT GRANTS IN LAST FINANCIAL YEAR

The aggregate number of Deferred Share Units ("DSUs") credited to non-employee
directors during the financial year ended August 31, 2005 was 23,734. The fair
value  at the  time of  grant  of a DSU is  equal  to the  market  value  of a
Subordinate  Voting Share at the time DSUs are credited to the  directors.  At
the end of the  financial  year ended August 31,  2005,  there were a total of
23,734 DSUs  credited to directors  pursuant to the  Deferred  Share Unit Plan
having a fair value at the time of grant of US$105,998 (CDN$130,421).

DSUs  attract  dividends  in the form of  additional  DSUs at the same rate as
dividends on  Subordinate  Voting  Shares.  The DSUs are converted and paid in
Subordinate  Voting Shares at the time a director ceases to be a member of the
Board.

Therefore, the value at vesting of a DSU, when converted to Subordinate Voting
Shares, is equivalent to the market value of a Subordinate Voting Share at the
time the conversion takes place. The table below shows  information  regarding
DSU grants made under the Deferred  Share Unit Plan during the financial  year
ended August 31, 2005.

See  "Report on  Executive  Compensation  by the Human  Resources  Committee -
Long-Term Incentive Compensation - Deferred Share Unit Plan" for a description
of the Deferred Share Unit Plan.

During the financial year ended August 31, 2005, the following DSUs were granted
to the directors:



-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  WEIGHTED AVERAGE FAIR VALUE AT THE TIME OF GRANT
    DSUS #                            US$/DSU                                           VESTING
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                
   23,734                               4.47                          At the time director cease to be a member
                                                                      of the Board of the Corporation
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


RESTRICTED SHARE UNIT GRANTS IN LAST FINANCIAL YEAR

The  aggregate  number of  Restricted  Share Units (RSUs)  granted  during the
financial  year ended August 31, 2005 was 176,185.  The fair value at the time
of grant of a RSU is equal to the market value of Subordinate Voting Shares at
the time RSUs are granted.  At the end of the financial  year ended August 31,
2005,  there were a total of 176,185  RSUs granted  pursuant to the  Long-Term
Incentive  Plan having a weighted  average  fair value at the time of grant of
US$4.68 (CDN$5.72) per RSU. All RSUs first vesting can not be earlier than the
third anniversary date of their grant. Some RSUs granted in the financial year
ended August 31, 2005 vest at a rate of 1/3 annually commencing on the third


                                       7


anniversary  date of the grant in  February  2005 and others at a rate of 55%,
35% and 10%, on the third,  fourth and fifth anniversary dates of the grant in
January 2005.  Some RSUs granted in the  financial  year ended August 31, 2005
vest on the  fifth  anniversary  date of the  grant  in  January  2005 but are
subject  to early  vesting on the third and  fourth  anniversary  dates of the
grant on the attainment of  performance  objectives as determined by the Board
of Directors of the  Corporation.  Accordingly,  subject to the  attainment of
performance  objectives,  the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the units on
the third  anniversary date of the grant and the second early vesting is up to
50% of the remaining units on the fourth anniversary date of the grant.

RSUs  attract  dividends  in the form of  additional  RSUs at the same rate as
dividends  on  Subordinate  Voting  Shares.  The RSUs are  redeemed for actual
Subordinate  Voting Shares or the  equivalent in cash at the discretion of the
Board of Directors of the Corporation on the vesting dates  established by the
Board  of  Directors  of the  Corporation  at the  time of  grant  in its sole
discretion.

Therefore, the value at vesting of a RSU, when converted to Subordinate Voting
Shares, is equivalent to the market value of a Subordinate Voting Share at the
time the conversion takes place. The table below shows  information  regarding
RSU grants made under the Long-Term  Incentive  Plan during the financial year
ended August 31,  2005.  See "Report on  Executive  Compensation  by the Human
Resources Committee - Long-Term  Incentive  Compensation - Long-Term Incentive
Plan" for a description of the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

During the  financial  year ended August 31,  2005,  the  following  RSUs were
granted:



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               FAIR VALUE AT THE
                 TIME OF GRANT
   RSUS #           US$/RSU                                     VESTING (1)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             
 129,000             4.69          55%, 35% and 10%, on the third, fourth and fifth anniversary dates of the
                                   grant in January 2005 (2)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  35,185             4.69          100% on the fifth  anniversary  date of the grant in January 2005 subject
                                   to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date of the grant and
                                   up to 50% of the remaining  units on the fourth  anniversary  date of the
                                   grant if the performance objectives are fully attained (3)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  12,000             4.51          1/3 on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversary dates of the grant
                                   in February 2005 (4)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


---------------
(1)   All RSUs first  vesting  can not be earlier  than the third  anniversary
      date of their grant.
(2)   Those RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2005 vest at a
      rate of 55% , 35% and 10% on the  third,  fourth  and fifth  anniversary
      dates of the grant in January 2005.
(3)   Those RSUs granted in the  financial  year ended August 31, 2005 vest on
      the fifth  anniversary date of the grant in January 2005 but are subject
      to early vesting on the third and fourth  anniversary dates of the grant
      on the attainment of  performance  objectives as determined by the Board
      of Directors of the Corporation.  Accordingly, subject to the attainment
      of performance  objectives,  the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the
      units on the third  anniversary  date of the grant and the second  early
      vesting is up to 50% of the  remaining  units on the fourth  anniversary
      date of the grant.
(4)   Those RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2005 vest at a
      rate of 1/3 annually  commencing  on the third  anniversary  date of the
      grant in February 2005.

During the  financial  year ended August 31,  2005,  the  following  RSUs were
granted to the following Named Executive Officers:



-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   FAIR VALUE AT
                                    THE TIME OF
        NAME            RSUS #     GRANT US$/RSU                            VESTING (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         
Germain Lamonde         13,089         4.69      100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in January  2005
                                                 subject to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date
                                                 of the grant and up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth
                                                 anniversary date of the grant if the performance objectives are
                                                 fully attained (2)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pierre Plamondon         3,927         4.69      100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in January  2005
                                                 subject to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date
                                                 of the grant and up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth
                                                 anniversary date of the grant if the performance objectives are
                                                 fully attained (2)
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 55%, 35% and 10%, on the third, fourth and fifth anniversary
                         30,000       4.69       dates of the grant in January 2005 (3)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       8




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   FAIR VALUE AT
                                    THE TIME OF
        NAME            RSUS #     GRANT US$/RSU                            VESTING (1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         
Juan-Felipe Gonzalez      3,998        4.69      100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in January  2005
                                                 subject to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date
                                                 of the grant and up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth
                                                 anniversary date of the grant if the performance objectives are
                                                 fully attained (2)
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 55%,  35% and  10%, on  the third, fourth and fifth anniversary
                         30,000        4.69      dates of the grant in January 2005 (3)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stephen Bull              2,618        4.69      100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in January  2005
                                                 subject to early vesting up to 1/3 on the third anniversary date
                                                 of the grant and up to 50% of the remaining units on the fourth
                                                 anniversary date of the grant if the performance objectives are
                                                 fully attained (2)
                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 55%,  35% and  10%, on  the third, fourth and fifth anniversary
                         30,000        4.69      dates of the grant in January 2005 (3)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Etienne Gagnon            2,304        4.69      100% on the fifth anniversary date of the grant in January 2005
                                                 subject  to early  vesting  up to 1/3 on the third  anniversary
                                                 date of the grant and up to 50% of the  remaining  units on the
                                                 fourth  anniversary  date  of  the  grant  if  the  performance
                                                 objectives are fully attained (2)

                       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 55%,  35% and  10%, on  the third, fourth and fifth anniversary
                          7,500                  dates of the grant in January 2005 (3)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


---------------
(1)   All RSUs first  vesting  can not be earlier  than the third  anniversary
      date of their grant.
(2)   Those RSUs granted in the  financial  year ended August 31, 2005 vest on
      the fifth  anniversary date of the grant in January 2005 but are subject
      to early vesting on the third and fourth  anniversary  date of the grant
      on the attainment of  performance  objectives as determined by the Board
      of Directors of the Corporation.  Accordingly, subject to the attainment
      of performance  objectives,  the first early vesting is up to 1/3 of the
      units on the third  anniversary  date of the grant and the second  early
      vesting is up to 50% of the  remaining  units on the fourth  anniversary
      date of the grant.
(3)   Those RSUs granted in the financial year ended August 31, 2005 vest at a
      rate of 55% , 35% and 10% on the  third,  fourth  and fifth  anniversary
      dates of the grant in January 2005.

AGGREGATED RSUS VESTED IN LAST FINANCIAL YEAR AND FINANCIAL YEAR-END RSU VALUES

The following table summarizes,  for each of the Named Executive Officers, the
number of RSUs,  if any,  vested  during the  financial  year ended August 31,
2005,  the  aggregate  value  realized  upon  vesting and the total  number of
unvested RSUs, if any, held at August 31, 2005. Value realized upon vesting is
the market value of the  Subordinate  Voting Shares on the vesting  date.  The
value of  unvested  RSUs at  financial  year-end  is the  market  value of the
Subordinate  Voting  Shares on August 31,  2005,  which was US$4.67 per share.
These  values,  unlike the  amounts set forth in the column  "Aggregate  Value
Realized",  have not  been and may  never be  realized.  The  actual  gains on
vesting will depend on the value of the Subordinate  Voting Shares on the date
of vesting.  There can be no assurance that these values will be realized. See
"Report on Executive Compensation by the Human Resources Committee - Long-Term
Incentive Compensation - Long-Term Incentive Plan."





--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           SECURITIES                                   UNVESTED RSUS       VALUE OF UNVESTED RSUS
                           ACQUIRED ON         AGGREGATE VALUE       AT AUGUST 31, 2005    AT AUGUST 31, 2005 (US$)
         NAME              VESTING (#)        REALIZED (US$) (1)             (#)                    (2) (3)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  
Germain Lamonde                 -                     -                    13,089                  61,126
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pierre Plamondon                -                     -                    33,927                 158,439
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Juan-Felipe Gonzalez            -                     -                    33,998                 158,771
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stephen Bull                    -                     -                    32,618                 152,326
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Etienne Gagnon                  -                     -                     9,804                  45,785
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


---------------
(1)   The  aggregate  value  realized is equivalent to the market value of the
      securities  underlying  the RSUs at  vesting.  This  value,  as the case
      maybe,  has been converted from Canadian  dollars to U.S.  dollars based
      upon the average foreign exchange rate on the day of vesting.
(2)   The value of RSUs is calculated  using the highest of the closing prices
      of the  Subordinate  Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock  Exchange and on
      the NASDAQ National Market on August 31, 2005 using the noon buying rate
      of the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York to convert the NASDAQ  National
      Market closing price to Canadian dollars, as required.
(3)   The actual gains on vesting will depend on the value of the  Subordinate
      Voting  Shares on the date of vesting.  There can be no  assurance  that
      these values will be realized.

                                       9


OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FINANCIAL YEAR

The aggregate  number of Subordinate  Voting Shares covered by options granted
during the  financial  year ended  August 31,  2005 was  246,233 at a weighted
average exercise price of US$4.59  (CDN$5.68) per Subordinate Voting Share. At
the end of the  financial  year ended August 31,  2005,  there were a total of
2,763,759 Subordinate Voting Shares covered by options granted and outstanding
pursuant to the Long-Term  Incentive Plan having a weighted  average  exercise
price of US$12.87  (CDN$19.22).  The table below shows  information  regarding
stock option grants made to the Named  Executive  Officers under the Long-Term
Incentive Plan during the financial year ended August 31, 2005. See "Report on
Executive  Compensation by the Human Resources Committee - Long-Term Incentive
Compensation" for a description of the Long-Term Incentive Plan.

During the financial  year ended August 31, 2005,  the following  options were
granted to the following Named Executive Officers:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       PERCENTAGE OF NET                      MARKET VALUE OF
                        SECURITIES     TOTAL OF OPTIONS                    SECURITIES UNDERLYING
                      UNDER OPTIONS  GRANTED TO EMPLOYEES    EXERCISE OR    OPTIONS ON THE DATE
                        GRANTED(1)     IN FINANCIAL YEAR   BASE PRICE (2)         OF GRANT
        NAME               (#)                (%)          (US$/ SECURITY)   (US$/SECURITY) (3)    EXPIRATION DATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                      
Germain Lamonde           17,942             7.29             4.51 (4)            4.57 (5)         February 1, 2015
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pierre Plamondon          5,383              2.19             5.13 (6)            5.15 (7)         October 26, 2014
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Juan-Felipe Gonzalez      5,482              2.23             5.13 (6)            5.15 (7)         October 26, 2014
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stephen Bull              3,589              1.46             5.13 (6)            5.15 (7)         October 26, 2014
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Etienne Gagnon            3,158              1.28             5.13 (6)            5.15 (7)         October 26, 2014
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


---------------
(1)   Underlying securities: Subordinate Voting Shares.
(2)   The exercise price of options granted is determined based on the highest
      of the closing  prices of the  Subordinate  Voting Shares on the Toronto
      Stock  Exchange and the NASDAQ  National  Market on the last trading day
      preceding  the grant  date,  using the noon  buying  rate of the Federal
      Reserve  Bank  of New  York on the  grant  date to  convert  the  NASDAQ
      National Market closing price to Canadian  dollars,  as required.  These
      options vest at a rate of 12.5% 6 months after the grant date,  12.5% 12
      months after the grant date, and 25% annually  thereafter  commencing on
      the second anniversary date of the grant except for Mr. Germain Lamonde,
      whose  options  vest at a rate of 25% annually  commencing  on the first
      anniversary date of the grant.
(3)   Based on the closing price on the NASDAQ National Market on the date of
      the grant.
(4)   Being CDN$5.60.
(5)   Being CDN$5.63.
(6)   Being CDN$6.28.
(7)   Being CDN$6.29.

AGGREGATED  OPTION  EXERCISES IN LAST  FINANCIAL  YEAR AND FINANCIAL  YEAR END
OPTION VALUES

The following table summarizes,  for each of the Named Executive Officers, the
number of stock  options,  if any,  exercised  during the financial year ended
August 31, 2005,  the  aggregate  value  realized  upon exercise and the total
number of unexercised options, if any, held at August 31, 2005. Value realized
upon  exercise is the  difference  between the market value of the  underlying
Subordinate  Voting Shares on the exercise date and the exercise or base price
of the option.  The value of  unexercised  in-the-money  options at  financial
year-end is the  difference  between its exercise or base price and the market
value of the underlying  Subordinate  Voting Shares on August 31, 2005,  which
was US$4.67 (CDN$5.55) per share.  These values,  unlike the amounts set forth
in the column  "Aggregate  Value  Realized,"  have not been, and may never be,
realized.  The  underlying  options have not been, and may never be exercised,
and  actual  gains,  if any,  on  exercise  will  depend  on the  value of the
Subordinate  Voting Shares on the date of exercise.  There can be no assurance
that these values will be realized.  Unexercisable options are those that have
been  held for less  than  the time  required  for  vesting.  See  "Report  on
Executive  Compensation by the Human Resources Committee - Long-Term Incentive
Compensation."


                                       10




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       AGGREGATE
                        SECURITIES       VALUE                                            VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                        ACQUIRED ON     REALIZED          UNEXERCISED OPTIONS           "IN-THE-MONEY" OPTIONS AT
         NAME          EXERCISE (#)  (US$) (1) (4)         AT AUGUST 31, 2005          AUGUST 31, 2005 (2) (3) (4)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      EXERCISABLE    UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
                                                          (#)             (#)            (US$)            (US$)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         
Germain Lamonde               -               -        107,982          60,442           64,135         64,135
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pierre Plamondon              -               -         60,363          21,960           32,067         32,067
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Juan-Felipe Gonzalez      7,500          21,007         75,715          27,297                -         38,481
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stephen Bull                  -               -         28,029          14,390           19,240         19,240
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Etienne Gagnon                -               -          5,395          12,763            2,397          4,794
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


---------------
(1)   The aggregate value realized is equivalent to the difference between the
      market value of the  securities  underlying  the options at exercise and
      the exercise price of the options.  This value,  as the case maybe,  has
      been  converted  from  Canadian  dollars to U.S.  Dollars based upon the
      average foreign exchange rate on the day of the exercise.
(2)   "In-the-money"  options are  options  for which the market  value of the
      underlying  securities is higher than the price at which such securities
      may be bought from the Corporation.
(3)   The value of  unexercisable  "in-the-money"  options is calculated using
      the highest of the closing  prices of the  Subordinate  Voting Shares on
      the Toronto Stock Exchange and on the NASDAQ  National  Market on August
      31, 2005 using the noon buying rate of the Federal  Reserve  Bank of New
      York to convert the NASDAQ  National  Market  closing  price to Canadian
      dollars, as required, less the exercise price of "in-the-money" options.

(4)   This value has been converted from Canadian to US dollars based upon the
      foreign exchange rate on August 31, 2005 of 1.1889.

NUMBER OF SUBORDINATE VOTING SHARES RESERVED FOR FUTURE ISSUANCE

During the financial year ended August 31, 2005,  23,734 Deferred Share Units,
176,185  Restricted Share Units and 246,233 options were granted to directors,
officers  and  employees.  Such  awards  were  issued  from the  same  pool of
Subordinate  Voting  Shares  reserved for issuance  pursuant to the  Long-Term
Incentive  Plan  which is 9.2% of the total  and  outstanding  voting  shares.
Therefore,  as of November  1, 2005 the number of  Subordinate  Voting  Shares
reserved for future issuance is 3,182,504.

TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, CHANGE IN RESPONSIBILITIES AND EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS

The  Corporation  has an employment  agreement with Mr. Germain  Lamonde.  The
agreement  is for an  indeterminate  period and the  compensation  is reviewed
annually.  In the event of the termination of Mr. Lamonde's employment without
cause,  Mr.  Lamonde  will  be  entitled  to  severance  payments  (in no case
exceeding 24 months of remuneration)  and the vesting of all stock options and
RSUs. In addition,  in the event that Mr.  Lamonde's  employment is terminated
following a merger or an acquisition by a third party of substantially  all of
the  Corporation's  assets or of the  majority of its share  capital or if Mr.
Lamonde  voluntarily  resigns, he will be entitled to the vesting of all stock
options and RSUs.

The Corporation also has employment agreements with Mr. Pierre Plamondon,  Mr.
Juan-Felipe Gonzalez, Mr. Stephen Bull and Mr. Etienne Gagnon.

The Corporation  has an employment  agreement with Mr. Pierre  Plamondon,  the
Corporation's  Vice-President,   Finance  and  Chief  Financial  Officer.  The
agreement  is for an  indeterminate  period and the  compensation  is reviewed
annually.  In the event of termination of Mr.  Plamondon's  employment without
cause,  Mr.  Plamondon  will be entitled  to  severance  payments  (in no case
exceeding 18 months of the current base salary). In addition, in the event Mr.
Plamondon's employment is terminated following a merger or an acquisition by a
third  party  of  substantially  all of  the  Corporation's  assets  or of the
majority of its share capital, he will be entitled to the immediate vesting of
all stock options and RSUs.

The agreement  with Mr.  Gonzalez  provided for Mr.  Gonzalez's  employment as
Vice-President  Global Telecom Sales. In the event Mr.  Gonzalez's  employment
terminates for any reason whatsoever and he is unable to accept new employment
due to his  non-competition  obligations to the Corporation,  Mr. Gonzalez may
receive  compensation  for a  period  of  18  months  following  the  date  of
termination  in amounts  varying from 5% to 50% of his base monthly  salary at


                                       11


the  time of  termination  depending  on the  cause  of the  termination.  The
employment  agreement  is for an  indeterminate  period  and  compensation  is
reviewed annually.

The  Corporation  has an  employment  agreement  with Mr.  Stephen  Bull,  the
Corporation's  Vice-President,  Research and Development. The agreement is for
an  indeterminate  period and the  compensation is reviewed  annually.  In the
event of termination of Mr. Bull's employment  without cause, Mr. Bull will be
entitled to severance  payments (in no case exceeding 18 months of the current
base salary).  In addition,  in the event Mr. Bull's  employment is terminated
following a merger or an acquisition by a third party of substantially  all of
the Corporation's  assets or of the majority of its share capital,  he will be
entitled to the immediate vesting of all stock options and RSUs.

The  Corporation  has an employment  agreement  with Mr. Etienne  Gagnon,  the
Corporation's  Vice-President,  Optical-Layer  Product Management and Customer
Service.  The agreement is for an indeterminate period and the compensation is
reviewed  annually.  In the event of  termination of Mr.  Gagnon's  employment
without cause, Mr. Gagnon's will be entitled to severance payments (in no case
exceeding 18 months of the current base salary). In addition, in the event Mr.
Gagnon's  employment is terminated  following a merger or an  acquisition by a
third  party  of  substantially  all of  the  Corporation's  assets  or of the
majority of its share capital, he will be entitled to the immediate vesting of
all stock options and RSUs.


REPORT ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION BY THE HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE

MEMBERS OF THE HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE

During the financial year ended August 31, 2005, the Human Resources Committee
was composed of Michael Unger, as Chairman,  Pierre  Marcouiller,  Guy Marier,
David A. Thompson and Andre Tremblay, none of whom were officers or employees,
or former officers or employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries.

HUMAN RESOURCES COMMITTEE MANDATE

The Human Resources Committee is a committee of the Board of Directors.  It is
responsible   for  overseeing  the   assessment  and  the   performance,   and
establishing  the  annual  compensation  of all  the  Corporation's  executive
officers,  including the President and Chief Executive Officer. This Committee
also reviews and submits to the Board the salary  structure and the short-term
and  long-term  incentive  compensation  programs  for  all  employees  of the
Corporation.  Though the Committee is responsible  for the review and approval
of the  employees  that will  receive  Restricted  Share  Units or  options to
purchase shares of the Corporation, in accordance with policies established by
the Board and the terms of the Long-Term  Incentive Plan, these functions have
been shared by the Board of Directors and the Human Resources Committee during
the period from September 1, 2004 to August 31, 2005. The  remuneration  to be
paid by the  Corporation  to its  Directors  and the number of Deferred  Share
Units credited  pursuant to the Deferred  Share Unit Plan to the  non-employee
directors is recommended to the Board by the Human Resources Committee.

Since September 1, 2004, the Human  Resources  Committee held 4 meetings prior
to November 1, 2005,  which were attended by all the members of the Committee,
except Mr.  Thompson  who was absent at one meeting and Mr.  Tremblay  who was
also absent at one meeting.

COMPENSATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

In  establishing  Mr.  Lamonde's  compensation  for the year ending August 31,
2005, the Corporation relied on a study completed by an independent consulting
firm. Such study indicated  average salaries and bonuses,  median salaries and
bonuses and maximum  salaries and bonuses paid to chief executive  officers by
Canadian and American computer hardware and software companies as well as by a
specific group of companies active in the fiber optics industry  identified by
the Corporation that it considers to be the best available comparisons. It was
decided that Mr. Lamonde's  compensation should reflect the median of Canadian
computer  hardware  and  software  companies  and of  the  specific  group  of
companies in fiber optics identified by the Corporation. In the financial year
ended August 31, 2005, Mr. Lamonde's compensation was adjusted accordingly.


                                       12


In the  financial  year  ended  August  31,  2005,  the bonus  portion  of Mr.
Lamonde's  compensation was tied to the financial and strategic  objectives of
the Corporation based on the following factors: sales, earnings, gross margin,
customer  satisfaction   (quality  and  on-time  delivery),   departmental  or
divisional objectives and personal objectives.  Mr. Lamonde's bonus is payable
in the same proportion at which the Corporation attains such objectives.  When
the objectives are exceeded, the bonus is higher; when objectives are not met,
the bonus is lower.

SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION

The  short-term  incentive  plan  offers  bonuses  tied  to the  Corporation's
financial  performance and the achievement of strategic corporate and business
unit objectives established on a yearly basis.

In the case of the Named Executive  Officers eligible for incentive bonuses in
the year ended August 31, 2005, such bonuses  constituted a certain percentage
of base salary which is tied to the achievement of the financial and strategic
objectives of the Corporation based on the following factors: sales, earnings,
gross  margin,   customer   satisfaction   (quality  and  on-time   delivery),
departmental  or  divisional  objectives  and personal  objectives.  When such
objectives are exceeded,  bonuses are higher; when objectives are not met, the
incentive bonuses are lower.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

The principal component of the long-term incentive compensation offered by the
Corporation  is  made  up of  the  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  for  directors,
officers, employees and consultants of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

Introduced in May 2000, amended in October 2004 and effective in January 2005,
the  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan is designed to motivate  directors,  officers,
employees  and   consultants   to  share   interest  with  the   Corporation's
shareholders  over the long-term.  It is subject to Human Resources  Committee
review to ensure maintenance of its market competitiveness. The Board has full
and complete  authority to interpret  the Plan and to establish  the rules and
regulations  applying  to it and to make  all  other  determinations  it deems
necessary or useful for the  administration  of the Plan,  provided  that such
interpretations, rules, regulations and determinations are consistent with the
rules of all stock  exchanges on which the securities of the  Corporation  are
then traded and with all relevant securities legislation.

The Long-Term  Incentive Plan provides for the issuance of options to purchase
Subordinate  Voting Shares and the issuance of Restricted Share Units ("RSUs")
redeemable for actual  Subordinate  Voting Shares or the equivalent in cash to
directors,  officers,  employees and consultants.  The Board of Directors upon
recommendation of the Human Resources  Committee  designates the recipients of
options or RSUs and determines the number of Subordinate Voting Shares covered
by each  option or RSU,  the dates of  vesting,  the expiry date and any other
conditions  relating to these options or RSUs, in each case in accordance with
the applicable  legislation of the securities regulatory  authorities.  During
the financial year ended August 31, 2005,  options and RSUs were granted based
on merit.

The exercise  price of the options is  determined by the Board of Directors at
the time of granting the options,  subject to compliance with the rules of all
stock exchanges on which the Subordinate Voting Shares are listed and with all
relevant  securities  legislation.  In any  event,  the  price  at  which  the
Subordinate  Voting  Shares may be purchased may not be lower than the highest
of the closing  prices of the  Subordinate  Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock
Exchange and the NASDAQ  National Market on the last trading day preceding the
grant date, using the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
on the grant  date to convert  the NASDAQ  National  Market  closing  price to
Canadian dollars. Any option issued is non-transferable.

The fair value at the time of grant of a RSU is equal to the  market  value of
Subordinate  Voting  Shares  at the  time  RSUs  are  granted.  At the  end of
financial  year ended  August  31,  2005,  there were a total of 176,185  RSUs
granted  pursuant to the Long-Term  Incentive  Plan having a weighted  average
fair value at the time of grant of US$4.68 (CDN$5.72) per RSU.


                                       13


The maximum  number of  Subordinate  Voting Shares that are issuable under the
Plan shall not exceed 6,306,153  Subordinate  Voting Shares,  which represents
9.2% of the Corporation's  issued and outstanding voting shares as of November
1, 2005. The maximum  number of Subordinate  Voting Shares that may be granted
to any one  individual  shall  not  exceed  5% of the  number  of  outstanding
Subordinate Voting Shares.

Some options granted to Directors vest on the first  anniversary date of their
grant.  Some options  granted in the financial  year ended August 31, 2004 and
2005 vest at a rate of 12.5%  six (6)  months  after the date of grant,  12.5%
twelve  (12)  months  after  the date of  grant  and 25%  annually  thereafter
commencing  on the  second  anniversary  date of the  grant in  October  2005.
Otherwise  all options  vest a rate of 25%  annually  commencing  on the first
anniversary  date of the grant.  All options may be  exercised  in whole or in
part once vested.  All of the options that are granted  under the Plan must be
exercised  within a maximum  period of ten (10)  years  following  the date of
their grant or they will be forfeited.

All RSUs first vesting can not be earlier than the third  anniversary  date of
their  grant.  Some RSUs granted in the  financial  year ended August 31, 2005
vest at a rate of 1/3 annually commencing on the third anniversary date of the
grant in February 2005 and others at a rate of 55%, 35% and 10%, on the third,
fourth and fifth  anniversary  dates of the grant in January  2005.  Some RSUs
granted  in the  financial  year  ended  August  31,  2005  vest on the  fifth
anniversary date of the grant in January 2005 but are subject to early vesting
on the third and fourth  anniversary  dates of the grant on the  attainment of
performance  objectives  as  determined  by  the  Board  of  Directors  of the
Corporation. Accordingly, subject to the attainment of performance objectives,
the first  early  vesting  is up to 1/3 of the units on the third  anniversary
date of the grant and the second early  vesting is up to 50% of the  remaining
units on the fourth  anniversary date of the grant. If such vesting date falls
into any black-out period or any other restrictive period during which the RSU
holder is not entitled to trade the Corporation's  Subordinate  Voting Shares,
then the units shall vest on the first  trading day the RSU holder is entitled
to trade after such black-out period or restrictive period.

Any option  granted  pursuant to the Long-Term  Incentive  Plan will lapse (i)
immediately upon the termination of the  relationship  with the Corporation or
one of its  subsidiaries  for a good and  sufficient  cause for  employees  or
officers or at the date on which an  employee or an officer  resigns or leaves
his employment with the Corporation or one of its  subsidiaries  (or within 30
days if the  holder's  employment  is  terminated  for  reasons not related to
cause);  and (ii) 30 days after a Director  ceases to be a member of the Board
of Directors of the  Corporation or one of its  subsidiaries.  In the event of
retirement or disability,  any option held by an employee lapses 30 days after
the date of any such  disability  or  retirement.  In the event of death,  any
option held by the optionee lapses 6 months after the date of death.

Any RSU  granted  pursuant  to the  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan will  lapse (i)
immediately,  where  vesting  of a  unit  is  subject  to  the  attainment  of
performance objectives,  if such performance objectives have not been attained
(or  postponed  at a  further  vesting  date as  determined  by the  Board  of
Directors.);  (ii)  immediately,  whether  or not  subject  to  attainment  of
performance  objectives,  upon the  termination of the  relationship  with the
Corporation or one of its  subsidiaries  for a good and  sufficient  cause for
employees  or  officers  or at the  date on which an  employee  or an  officer
resigns  or  leaves  his  employment  with  the  Corporation  or  one  of  its
subsidiaries.

Any  RSU  granted   pursuant  to  the  Long-Term   Incentive  Plan  will  vest
immediately,  to a certain  proportion  as  determined  by the Plan,  upon the
termination of the relationship of an employee or officer with the Corporation
or one of its subsidiaries (i) for reasons not related to cause;  (ii) because
of death or permanent disability and (iii) retirement.

The following table summarizes  information about stock options granted to the
members of the Board of Directors, and to Management and Corporate Officers of
the Corporation and its subsidiaries as at August 31, 2005:



------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               NUMBER OF      % OF ISSUED AND      WEIGHTED AVERAGE EXERCISE
                                                OPTIONS     OUTSTANDING OPTIONS       PRICE ($US/SECURITY)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                           
President and CEO (one individual)              168,424           6.09%                      9.34
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Board of Directors (five individuals)           194,375           7.03%                      6.23
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management and Corporate Officers (nine
individuals                                     340,091          12.31%                     14.39
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       14


The following table summarizes  information  about RSUs granted to the members
of the Board of Directors  and to  Management  and  Corporate  Officers of the
Corporation and its subsidiaries as at August 31, 2005:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                              NUMBER OF      % OF ISSUED AND     WEIGHTED AVERAGE FAIR VALUE
                                                RSUS        OUTSTANDING RSUS     AT THE TIME OF GRANT $US/RSU
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         
President and CEO (one individual)              13,089            7.43%                     4.69
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Board of Directors (five individuals)                -                -                        -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Management and Corporate Officers (nine        151,096           85.76%                     4.69
individuals)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


DEFERRED SHARE UNIT PLAN

Introduced  in October  2004 and  effective as of January  2005,  the Deferred
Share  Unit Plan is  designed  to align  more  closely  the  interests  of its
non-employee directors with those of the Corporation's shareholders.

Under the Deferred Share Unit Plan, non-employee directors shall receive up to
100 % of their  retainer  fees in the form of Deferred  Share Units  ("DSUs"),
each of which has a fair value at the time of grant equal to the market  value
of a Subordinate  Voting Share at the time DSUs are credited to the directors.
The value of a DSU, when converted to Subordinate Voting Shares, is equivalent
to the market value of a Subordinate  Voting Share at the time the  conversion
takes place. DUSs attract dividends in the form of additional DSUs at the same
rate as dividends on Subordinate  Voting Share. When a director ceases to be a
member of the Board,  the DSUs are either  converted  and paid in  Subordinate
Voting Shares purchased on the open market or issued by the Corporation.  Such
Subordinate  Voting Shares issued by the  Corporation  will be issued from the
same pool of Subordinate  Voting Shares reserved for issuance  pursuant to the
Long-Term  Incentive  Plan,  which is 9.2% of the total issued and outstanding
voting shares.

The  following  table  summarizes   information  about  DSUs  granted  to  the
non-employee members of the Board of Directors as at August 31, 2005:



--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    NUMBER OF      % OF ISSUED AND     WEIGHTED AVERAGE FAIR VALUE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               
Board of Directors (five individuals)                23,734             100%                       4.47
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD PLAN

The EXFO  Electrical-Optical  Engineering  Restricted  Stock  Award  Plan (the
"RSAP") was  established  to provide a means through  which  employees of EXFO
Burleigh  Products  Group Inc.  can be  granted  awards of  restricted  shares
("Restricted  Shares") of Subordinate  Voting Shares to promote  retention and
foster  identity  of  interest  between  stockholders  and  employees  of EXFO
Burleigh Products Group Inc.

The effective date of the RSAP was December 20, 2000.  The expiration  date of
the RSAP is the  business  day next  following  the final grant of  Restricted
Shares  under  the  RSAP,   which  was  December   20,  2000.   However,   the
administration  of the RSAP did continue until all awards of Restricted Shares
have been forfeited or settled.  The aggregate number of shares subject to the
RSAP was  360,000.  Stock  awards  granted  under  the RSAP vest over a 4 year
period,  with  25%  vesting  on  an  annual  basis  commencing  on  the  first
anniversary  of the date of grant.  The last vesting  occurred on December 20,
2004, the Human  Resources  Committee  administered  the RSAP until that date.
Therefore the administration of the RSAP terminated on December 20, 2004.

Awards of Restricted  Shares were subject to forfeiture  and  restrictions  on
transfer  until the  Restricted  Shares  became  vested at which point a stock
certificate  was issued to a participant  with respect to the number of vested
shares, which are then freely  transferable.  Restricted Shares become vested,
subject to a  participant's  continued  employment with the Corporation or its
affiliates, on each of the first four anniversaries of the date of grant of an
award of Restricted Shares.


                                       15


Upon a participant's  termination of employment with the Corporation or any of
its affiliates due to the participant's death,  disability or retirement on or
after age 60, the participant's award of restricted shares became fully vested
and was no longer subject to forfeiture.  However,  the transfer  restrictions
remained  in place  until  the  occurrence  of the  vesting  dates  originally
contemplated by the award.

Upon  the  voluntary  resignation  of  a  participant,  the  termination  of a
participant's  employment for cause,  the  termination of a participant who is
not designated a member of EXFO Burleigh Products Group Inc. "Management Team"
without cause prior to a change in control of the Corporation or a termination
without  cause of a  participant  who is  designated a member of EXFO Burleigh
Products  Group  Inc.  Management  Team  that is  initiated  by EXFO  Burleigh
Products  Group  Inc.  prior to a change in control  of the  Corporation,  the
unvested  portion  of  the  participant's  award  of  Restricted  Shares  were
forfeited.  However  the  RSAP  provided  discretion  to the  Human  Resources
Committee in the  application of the forfeiture  provisions  where a change in
circumstances  rendered such action  appropriate.  During the  financial  year
ended August 31, 2005,  EXFO Burleigh  Products Group Inc. was required to lay
off the remaining of the  participants  (excluding a few that were transferred
to our other offices) as a result of a  consolidation  due to a sharp downturn
in its market.  The Human Resources  Committee decided that the awards of RSAP
participants  affected  by the  lay-offs  would not be subject to  forfeiture,
though the transfer restrictions remained in place until the occurrence of the
vesting dates originally contemplated by the award.

Upon the  termination  without  cause of a  participant  who was  designated a
member of EXFO Burleigh Products Group Inc. Management Team that was initiated
by the  Corporation or a termination  of a  participant's  employment  without
cause following a change in control of the Corporation,  a participant's award
of Restricted Stock became fully vested and all restrictions lapsed.

In the event of a change in  control,  the  committee  administering  the RSAP
could in its discretion  remove  restrictions on Restricted  Shares or provide
for the  cancellation  of awards in  exchange  for  payment  in respect of the
Restricted Shares subject to an award.

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN

On August 4, 2001, the  Corporation  established a Stock  Appreciation  Rights
Plan ("SAR Plan") for the benefit of certain  employees  residing in countries
where the  granting of options  under the Stock Option Plan is not feasible in
the opinion of the Corporation.  The Board has full and complete  authority to
interpret the SAR Plan and to establish the rules and regulations  applying to
it and to make all other  determinations  it deems necessary or useful for the
administration of the SAR Plan.

Under the SAR Plan,  eligible  employees are entitled to receive a cash amount
equivalent  to the  difference  between  the market  price of the  Subordinate
Voting Shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price determined on the
date of grant. No Subordinate Voting Shares are issuable under the SAR Plan.

The Board of Directors has delegated to Management the task of designating the
recipients of stock appreciation  rights, the date of vesting, the expiry date
and other  conditions.  Under the terms of the SAR Plan, the exercise price of
the stock appreciation rights may not be lower than the highest of the closing
prices of the  Subordinate  Voting Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange and on
the NASDAQ  National  Market on the last trading day preceding the grant date,
using the noon  buying  rate of the  Federal  Reserve  Bank of New York on the
grant date to convert the NASDAQ  National  Market  closing  price to Canadian
dollars. Stock appreciation rights are non-transferable.

The stock appreciation  rights vest over a four-year period,  with 25% vesting
annually  commencing on the first  anniversary date of the date of grant. Once
vested,  stock appreciation rights may be exercised between the second and the
fifteenth  business day following each release of the Corporation's  quarterly
financial results. All of the stock appreciation rights that are granted under
the SAR Plan may be exercised  within a maximum  period of 10 years  following
the date of their grant. Any stock  appreciation  rights granted under the SAR
Plan will lapse  immediately upon the termination of the relationship with the
Corporation or one of its  subsidiaries  for a good and sufficient cause or at
the date on which an  employee  resigns  or  leaves  his  employment  with the
Corporation  or one of its  subsidiaries  (or  within 30 days if the holder is
dismissed without cause). In the event of retirement or disability,  any stock
appreciation  right held by an  employee  lapses 30 days after the date of any
such disability or retirement.  In the event of death, any stock  appreciation
right lapses 6 months after the date of death.


                                       16


COMPENSATION PLAN CONTROL AND REVIEW

As a  general  practice,  the  Corporation's  relative  position  in  terms of
compensation  levels is  determined  annually  through  studies  performed  by
independent  consulting firms using a selected  reference market of comparable
companies.  In  addition,  internal  pay  equity  studies  are a key factor to
complete  the  compensation   review  process  and  indicate  where  necessary
adjustments  may be  required.  During the fiscal year ended  August 31, 2005,
this  practice  continued  and certain  compensation  adjustments  that became
necessary were made.

CONCLUSION

By way of application of the Corporation's  executive  compensation policy, an
important part of executive  compensation  is linked to corporate  performance
and long-term  value  creation.  The Human  Resources  Committee  continuously
reviews  executive  compensation  programs to ensure that they maintain  their
competitiveness and continue to focus on the Corporation's objectives,  values
and business strategies.

Depending  on  specific  circumstances,   the  Committee  may  also  recommend
employment  terms  and  conditions  that  deviate  from the  policies  and the
execution by the Corporation or its subsidiaries of employment  contracts on a
case-by-case basis.




By the Human Resources Committee:


Michael Unger, Chairman
Pierre Marcouiller
Guy Marier
David A. Thompson
Andre Tremblay




                                       17


PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The  performance   graph   presented  below  compares  the  cumulative   total
shareholder  return of a $100 investment in the Subordinate  Voting Shares and
the  cumulative  total  return  of the  S&P/TSX  Stock  Index  for the  period
commencing June 30, 2000, the date EXFO's  Subordinate Voting Shares commenced
trading, and ending August 31, 2005.


                       THE CORPORATION'S STOCK PERFORMANCE
                       (JUNE 30, 2000 TO AUGUST 31, 2005)



                              [LINE CHART OMITTED]




DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS' LIABILITY INSURANCE

The Corporation  maintains insurance  protection against liability incurred by
its  officers  and  directors  as well as  those  of its  subsidiaries  in the
performance of their duties. The entire premium,  amounting to US$245,000 from
September  30, 2005 to September  30, 2006,  is paid by the  Corporation.  The
aggregate limit of liability in respect of any and all claims is US$10 million
per year.  The  policy  provides  for the  indemnification  of  directors  and
officers in the case of claims for which the  Corporation  has not indemnified
or is not permitted by law to indemnify them, and for the reimbursement of the
Corporation,  subject to a deductible  of  US$100,000,  except for  securities
claims where the deductible is US$500,000.


                                       18



REPORT ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES

National Policy 58-201 Corporate Governance  Guidelines  establishes corporate
governance  guidelines which apply to all publicly listed companies.  National
Instrument  58-101  Disclosure  of  Corporate  Governance  Practices  mandates
disclosure of corporate governance  practices,  which disclosure is set out in
Schedule A attached to this Management Proxy Circular.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Additional   information   relating  to  the   Corporation   is  on  SEDAR  at
www.sedar.com.  The Corporation  shall provide to any person or company,  upon
request to the  Secretary of the  Corporation,  at 400 Godin  Avenue,  Vanier,
Quebec,  Canada,  G1M 2K2, phone number (418) 683-0913 ext. 3704 or fax number
(418) 683-9839:

(a)   one copy of the Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Corporation filed with
      the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") in the United States
      pursuant to the  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,  and with  securities
      commissions or similar authorities;

(b)   one copy of the  comparative  consolidated  financial  statements of the
      Corporation  for its  most  recently  completed  financial  year and the
      Auditors  report   thereon,   included  in  the  Annual  Report  of  the
      Corporation  and  one  copy  of  any  interim   consolidated   financial
      statements of the Corporation  subsequent to the consolidated  financial
      statements for its most recently completed financial year;

(c)   one copy of this Management Proxy Circular.

Additional  information  relating to the  Corporation  is also included in the
Corporation's  Annual  Report for the year ended August 31,  2005.  The Annual
Report containing the consolidated audited financial statements, the report of
the auditor  and  management's  discussion  and  analysis  is being  mailed to
shareholders  with the Notice of Meeting and this  Management  Proxy Circular.
Additional copies of the Annual Report are available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com
and may be obtained free of charge from the Corporation  upon request and will
be available at the Meeting.


DIRECTORS' APPROVAL

The  contents  and the sending of this  Management  Proxy  Circular  have been
approved by the Directors of the Corporation.

DATED at Vanier, Quebec, Canada, this 1st day of November, 2005.



/s/ Benoit Ringuette
------------------------------
Benoit Ringuette
Corporate Secretary


EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.
400 Godin Avenue
Vanier, Quebec, Canada, G1M 2K2



                                       19




                                       EXFO ELECTRO-OPTICAL ENGINEERING INC.

                                                    SCHEDULE A

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
National Instrument 58-101 DISCLOSURE OF 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES & National                                          COMMENTS
Policy 58-201 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
1.             The Board delineates its role and
               responsibilities as follows:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (a)   Adoption of a strategic planning            The  Board  provides  guidance  for  the  development  of  the
               process                                     strategic  planning  process and  approves the process and the
                                                           plan  developed  by  management  annually.  In  addition,  the
                                                           Board  carefully  reviews  the  strategic  plan and deals with
                                                           strategic planning matters that arise during the year.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (b)   Identification of principal risks and       The Board works with management to identify the  Corporation's
               implementing of risk management             principal  risks  and  manages  these  risks  through  regular
               systems                                     appraisal of management's practices on an ongoing basis.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         (c)   Succession planning including               The  Human   Resources   Committee  is  responsible   for  the
               appointing, training and monitoring         elaboration  and  implementation  of  a  succession   planning
               senior management                           process  and its  updates  as  required.  The Human  Resources
                                                           Committee   is   responsible   to   monitor   and  review  the
                                                           performance  of the Chief  Executive  Officer  and that of all
                                                           other senior officers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (d)   Communications policy                       The Chief Financial  Officer of the Corporation is responsible
                                                           for  communications  between  Management and the Corporation's
                                                           current and potential  shareholders  and  financial  analysts.
                                                           The Board  adopted and  implemented  Disclosure  Guidelines to
                                                           ensure  consistency  in the manner  that  communications  with
                                                           shareholders  and the public are managed.  The Audit Committee
                                                           reviews press  releases  containing  the quarterly  results of
                                                           the Corporation  prior to release.  In addition,  all material
                                                           press  releases  of  the   Corporation  are  reviewed  by  the
                                                           President  and  Chief  Executive   Officer,   Chief  Financial
                                                           Officer,  Investor  Relations  Manager,  Manager of  Financial
                                                           Reporting  and  Accounting  and Internal  Legal  Counsel.  The
                                                           Disclosure  Guidelines  have been  established  in  accordance
                                                           with the relevant  disclosure  requirements  under  applicable
                                                           Canadian and United States securities laws.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                                       20




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
National Instrument 58-101 DISCLOSURE OF 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES & National                                          COMMENTS
Policy 58-201 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
         (e)   Integrity of internal control and           The Audit  Committee  has the  responsibility  to  review  the
               management information systems              Corporation's  systems of internal controls regarding finance,
                                                           accounting,   legal  compliance  and  ethical  behaviour.  The
                                                           Audit   Committee  meets  with  the   Corporation's   external
                                                           auditors on a  quarterly  basis.  Accordingly,  it is expected
                                                           that the  Corporation  will fully  comply with  Sarbanes-Oxley
                                                           Act  requirements  within the required period of time which is
                                                           by August 31, 2006.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (f)   Approach to corporate governance            The Board assumes direct  responsibility for the monitoring of
               including developing a set of               the Board's corporate  governance  practices,  the functioning
               corporate governance principles and         of the Board and the powers,  mandates and  performance of the
               guidelines that are specifically            committees.  These responsibilities were previously assumed by
               applicable to the issuer                    the  Human  Resources   Committee.   Accordingly,   the  Board
                                                           updated  and adopted in March 2005 the  following  policies to
                                                           fully comply with these responsibilities:
     
                                                           o   Audit Committee Charter*;
                                                           o   Board of Directors Corporate Governance Guidelines*;
                                                           o   Code of Ethics for our Principal Executive Officer
                                                               and Senior Financial Officers*;
                                                           o   Disclosure Guidelines;
                                                           o   Ethics and Business Conduct Policy*;
                                                           o   Human Resources Committee Charter*;
                                                           o   Securities Trading Policy;
                                                           o   Statement of Reporting Ethical Violations (Whistle
                                                               Blower)*.

                                                           *   available on EXFO website at www.exfo.com.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (g)   Expectations and responsibilities of        The  Board  is also  responsible  for the  establishment  and
               Directors, including basic duties and       functioning  of all  Board  committees,  the  appointment  of
               responsibilities with respect to            members to serve on such committees,  their  compensation and
               attendance at board meetings and            their good standing.  At regularly  scheduled meetings of the
               advance review of meeting materials         Board, the Directors receive,  consider and discuss committee
                                                           reports.  The  Directors  also  receive  in  advance  of  any
                                                           meeting,   all   documentation   required  for  the  upcoming
                                                           meetings  and they are  expected to review and  consult  this
                                                           documentation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.             Majority of Directors should be             The Board presently  consists of six Directors,  five of which
               independent (no direct or indirect          are   independent   Directors   within  the   meaning  of  the
               material relationship with the issuer)      Instrument.  The  Chairman of the Board,  Mr. Germain  Lamonde
                                                           is a significant  shareholder in the Corporation as he has the
                                                           ability to exercise a majority  of the votes for the  election
                                                           of the  Board  of  Directors.  The  Board  believes  that  the
                                                           current majority of independent  Directors provide appropriate
                                                           independent  representation for the public shareholders of the
                                                           Corporation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       21




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
National Instrument 58-101 DISCLOSURE OF 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES & National                                          COMMENTS
Policy 58-201 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
               The chair of the Board should be an         During the financial  year ended August 31, 2002, the Board of
               independent Director. Where this is         Directors   designated   Mr.  Michael  Unger  to  act  as  the
               not appropriate, an independent             independent "Lead Director".
               Director should be appointed to act
               as "Lead Director"
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.             Annual Disclosure for each Director         Mr.  Germain  Lamonde -  Non-Independent  - is  President  and
               whether he or she is independent            Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.

                                                           For the remainder of the proposed  Directors,  none of them or
                                                           their  associates  have any  interest or any business or other
                                                           relationship  which could or could  reasonably be perceived to
                                                           materially  interfere with the Director's  ability to act with
                                                           a view to the best  interests of the  Corporation,  other than
                                                           interests arising from shareholding.

                                                           Mr. Pierre Marcouiller - Independent

                                                           Mr. Guy Marier - Independent

                                                           Mr. Andre Tremblay - Independent

                                                           Dr. David A. Thompson - Independent

                                                           Mr. Michael Unger - Independent
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.       (a)   Appoint a committee responsible for         The  Board  adopted  and   implemented   a  Human   Resources
               nomination/assessment  and                  Committee   Charter   which   integrates   the   Compensation
               compensation of Directors and Officers      Committee   Charter  and  the   Nominating   and   Governance
                                                           Committee   Charter.   The  Human   Resources   Committee  is
                                                           responsible  for nomination,  assessment and  compensation of
                                                           Directors  and  Officers.  Therefore,  this  Human  Resources
                                                           Committee Charter namely foresees:

                                                           o    The  Committee to identify  individuals  qualified to
                                                                become  members of the Board,  to conduct  background
                                                                checks respecting such individuals, to recommend that
                                                                the Board select the  director  nominees for the next
                                                                annual meeting of shareholders;

                                                           o    The  Committee  to review  and  approve  on an annual
                                                                basis  corporate  goals and  objectives  relevant  to
                                                                Chief   Executive   Officer   ("CEO")   compensation,
                                                                evaluate  the  CEO's  performance  in  light of those
                                                                goals and objectives  and set the CEO's  compensation
                                                                level based on this evaluation;

                                                           o    The  Committee  to review  and  approve  on an annual
                                                                basis with respect to the annual  compensation of all
                                                                senior officers;
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                                         22




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
National Instrument 58-101 DISCLOSURE OF 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES & National                                          COMMENTS
Policy 58-201 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
                                                           o    The Committee to review and approve, on behalf of the
                                                                Board of Directors (the "Board") or in  collaboration
                                                                with the  Board as  applicable,  on the  basis of the
                                                                attribution  authorized by the Board, to whom options
                                                                to purchase shares of the  Corporation,  RSUs or DSUs
                                                                shall be  offered  as the case may be and if so,  the
                                                                terms  of such  options,  RSUs or DSUs in  accordance
                                                                with  the  terms  of  the   Corporation's   Long-Term
                                                                Incentive  Plan  or  the  Deferred  Share  Unit  Plan
                                                                provided  that no  options,  RSUs or  DSUs  shall  be
                                                                granted  to  members of this  Committee  without  the
                                                                approval of the Board.

                                                           o    The  Committee  to annually  review and report to the
                                                                Board on organizational  structure and to ensure that
                                                                senior management has developed a succession plan for
                                                                the CEO and the CEO's  direct  reports  and to review
                                                                such report with senior management.

                                                           o    The  Committee to recommend to the Board from time to
                                                                time the  remuneration  to be paid by the Corporation
                                                                to Directors.

                                                           o    The  Committee to make  recommendations  to the Board
                                                                with   respect   to   the   Corporation's   incentive
                                                                compensation plans and equity-based plans.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (b)   Composed entirely of independent            The Human Resources  Committee consists of five members all of
               Directors                                   who are  independent  Directors.  The  Chairman  of the  Human
                                                           Resources Committee is Mr. Michael Unger.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.             Implement a process for assessing the       The Board assumes direct  responsibility for the monitoring of
               effectiveness of the Board, its             the Board's corporate  governance  practices,  the functioning
               committees and contribution of              of the Board and the powers,  mandates and  performance of the
               individual Directors                        Committees. The Human Resources Committee,  composed solely of
                                                           independent  Directors,  initiates  a  self-evaluation  of the
                                                           Board's performance on an annual basis.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.             Provide orientation and education           Presentations   and  reports  relating  to  the  Corporation's
               programs for new Directors                  business  and  affairs  are  provided  to  new  Directors.  In
                                                           addition,  new Board  members meet with senior  management  of
                                                           the  Corporation  to review the  business  and  affairs of the
                                                           Corporation.

               The Board should provide continuing         The Human Resources  Committee Charter foresees that the Human
               education opportunities for all             Resources  Committee  maintains an orientation program for new
               Directors                                   Directors and continuing education programs for Directors.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       23




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
National Instrument 58-101 DISCLOSURE OF 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES & National                                          COMMENTS
Policy 58-201 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
7.             Consider reducing size of board, with       The Board is  presently  composed  of six  members.  The Board
               a view to improving effectiveness           considers  that  this  is  close  to  the  optimum  number  of
                                                           Directors  required  to  provide  the  flexibility  to respond
                                                           quickly to  corporate  opportunities  and  challenges  as they
                                                           arise, while also providing  increased  resources and improved
                                                           succession  planning.   The  Board  as  currently  constituted
                                                           brings together a mix of experience and  backgrounds  that the
                                                           Board  considers   appropriate  for  the  stewardship  of  the
                                                           Corporation  and these  factors will continue to be considered
                                                           in the nomination process of new Directors.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.             Review and ensure compensation of           The   Human   Resources    Committee   reviews    periodically
               Directors in light of risks and             compensation policies in light of market conditions,  industry
               responsibilities                            practice  and  level  of  responsibilities.  Only  independent
                                                           Directors  are  compensated  for acting as a  Director  of the
                                                           Corporation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.       (a)   Committees should generally be              The Board has two  committees:  the  Audit  Committee  and the
               composed of outside Directors               Human  Resources  Committee.  Each of the members of the Audit
                                                           Committee   and  Human   Resources   Committee   are   outside
                                                           Directors.  The  Chairman of the Audit  Committee is Mr. Andre
                                                           Tremblay and the Chairman of the Human Resources  Committee is
                                                           Mr. Michael Unger.

         (b)   Majority of committee members should        The Audit  Committee  consists  of four  members and the Human
               be independent                              Resources  Committee consists of five members,  all of who are
                                                           independent Directors.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.            Appoint a committee responsible for         The Board assumes direct  responsibility for the monitoring of
               developing approach to corporate            the Board's corporate  governance  practices,  the functioning
               governance issues and response to           of the Board and the powers,  mandates and  performance of the
               guidelines                                  committees.  These responsibilities were previously assumed by
                                                           the  Human  Resources   Committee.   Accordingly,   the  Board
                                                           updated  and adopted in March 2005 the  following  policies to
                                                           fully comply with these responsibilities

                                                           o    Audit Committee Charter*;
                                                           o    Board of Directors Corporate Governance Guidelines*;
                                                           o    Code of Ethics for our Principal Executive Officer
                                                                and Senior Financial Officers*;
                                                           o    Disclosure Guidelines;
                                                           o    Ethics and Business Conduct Policy*;
                                                           o    Human Resources Committee Charter*;
                                                           o    Securities Trading Policy;
                                                           o    Statement of Reporting Ethical Violations (Whistle
                                                                Blower)*.

                                                           *    available on EXFO website at www.exfo.com.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       24




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
National Instrument 58-101 DISCLOSURE OF 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES & National                                          COMMENTS
Policy 58-201 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
11.      (a)   Define limits to management's
               responsibilities by developing
               position descriptions for:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               (i)   the chair of the Board and the        There is no specific mandate for the Board,  however the Board
                     chair of each Board Committee         of  Directors  is,  by  law,   responsible  for  managing  the
                                                           business and affairs of the  Corporation.  Any  responsibility
                                                           which is not delegated to senior  management or to a committee
                                                           of the Board remains the responsibility of the Board.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               (ii)  the CEO                               The  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer,  along with the
                                                           rest  of   management   placed  under  his   supervision,   is
                                                           responsible   for  meeting   the   corporate   objectives   as
                                                           determined by the strategic  objectives and budget as they are
                                                           presented each year to the Board of Directors.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (b)   Board should develop and approve            The  Board,  in  conjunction  with  Management,  develops  and
               CEO's corporate objectives                  reviews the corporate  objectives of the Corporation  annually
                                                           which,  in turn,  are expected to be  implemented  by the CEO.
                                                           In addition,  individual  objectives  for the CEO and the rest
                                                           of  management  are  submitted   annually  to  the  Board  for
                                                           approval.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.            Establish structures and procedures         During the financial  year ended August 31, 2002, the Board of
               to enable the Board to function             Directors  designated  Mr. Michael Unger to act as independent
               independently of management                 "Lead  Director".  As many  meetings as needed,  annually will
                                                           be  held  by  the  independent,  unrelated  Directors  without
                                                           management  and  any  independent,   unrelated   Director  may
                                                           request  such  meetings at any time.  Since  September 1, 2004
                                                           and prior to  November  1,  2005,  one  independent  unrelated
                                                           Directors without management meeting occurred.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.      (a)   Establish an audit committee with a         The Audit  Committee is mandated to monitor  audit  functions,
               specifically defined mandate to             the   preparation  of  financial   statements,   review  press
               ensure direct communications with           releases  on  financial   results,   review  other  regulatory
               external and internal auditors,             documents  as  required   and  meet  with   outside   auditors
               oversight of management reporting           independently  of Management.  The Committee  also  recommends
                                                           the selection of the external  auditors for appointment by the
                                                           shareholders.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       25




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
National Instrument 58-101 DISCLOSURE OF 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES & National                                          COMMENTS
Policy 58-201 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
                                                           The aggregate fees billed for professional  services  rendered
                                                           by  PricewaterhouseCoopers   ("PWC")  for  the  audit  of  the
                                                           Corporation's  consolidated  annual  financial  statements for
                                                           the  financial  year ended August 31, 2005 were  approximately
                                                           US$214,000.  The aggregate  fees billed for services  rendered
                                                           by PWC,  other than  services  covered for  auditing  services
                                                           above,  for the  financial  year  ended  August 31,  2005 were
                                                           approximately  US$247,000  which  related for the most part to
                                                           compliance and tax planning  services.  No fees were billed by
                                                           PWC   for   professional   services   related   to   financial
                                                           information systems design and implementation.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         (b)   All members should be non-management        All four  members of the Audit  Committee  are  non-management
               Directors                                   Directors.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.            Implement a system to enable                The  Corporation  has a practice of permitting the Board,  any
               individual Directors to engage              Committee  thereof  and  any  individual  Director  to  engage
               outside advisors, at Corporation's          independent, external advisors at the Corporation's expense.
               expense
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.            Satisfy itself as to the integrity of       The  Board   established,   adopted  and   updated   Corporate
               the CEO and other executive officers        Governance  policies to satisfy this  requirement such as Code
               and creation of a culture of                of Ethics  for our  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Senior
               integrity throughout the organisation       Financial Officers, Disclosure Guidelines,  Securities Trading
                                                           Policies  and  Statement  on  Reporting   Ethical   Violations
                                                           (Whistle Blower).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.            Setting out measures for receiving          The Board  established  and adopted a statement  of  reporting
               feedback from stakeholders , such as        Ethical  Violations  permitting  anyone  to  contact  our Lead
               the establishment of a process to           Director on an anonymous basis via the Corporation's website.
               permit stakeholders to directly
               contact the independent Directors
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17.            Disclose if a Director is a Director        Michael   Unger  is  a   Director   of  Tundra   Semiconductor
               of any other reporting issuer               Corporation,  a public  corporation of Ottawa. Guy Marier is a
                                                           Director of Bell Nordic Income Fund.  Pierre  Marcouiller is a
                                                           Director of Heroux-Devtek Inc.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.            Disclose attendance record of each          BOARD MEETINGS
               Director for all Board meetings
                                                           Since   September  1,  2004,   the  Board  of  Directors  held
                                                           7 meetings  prior to November 1,  2005, which were attended by
                                                           all the  members of the Board,  except  Mr.  Thompson  who was
                                                           absent 2 times at the meetings on October 14, 2004,  September
                                                           26-27,  2005 and Mr. Andre Tremblay who was absent one time at
                                                           the meeting of October 20, 2005.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       26




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
National Instrument 58-101 DISCLOSURE OF 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES & National                                          COMMENTS
Policy 58-201 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
                                                           HUMAN RESOURCES

                                                           Since September 1, 2004, the Human Resources  Committee held 4
                                                           meetings prior to November 1  2005, which were attended by all
                                                           the  members of the  Committee,  except  Mr. Thompson  who was
                                                           absent  two times at the  October  14,  2004  meeting  and the
                                                           September  26, 2005  meeting and  Mr. Andre  Tremblay  who was
                                                           absent one time at the meeting of October 20, 2005.


                                                           AUDIT COMMITTEE

                                                           Since  September 1, 2004, the Audit  Committee held 5 meetings
                                                           prior to  November 1,  2005  which  were  attended  by all the
                                                           members of the Committee.


                                                           INDEPENDENT BOARD MEETING

                                                           Since  September  1, 2004 and prior to November  1, 2005,  the
                                                           Independent  Board Members held one meeting which was attended
                                                           by all the members except Mr. Pierre Marcouiller.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.            Disclose identity of consultant or          In 2005, the Corporation has hired Mercer Human Resource
               advisor retained to assist in               Consulting for different compensation studies. Mercer has
               determining compensation of Directors       completed surveys on the following topics:
               and Officers
                                                           o        Executive & CEO salary  survey  (Objective:  compare
                                                                the  Corporation  executives & CEO salaries and benefits
                                                                with comparable market);

                                                           o        USA Sales salary survey  (compare the  Corporation's
                                                                Sales workforce salary vs the comparable market);

                                                           o        Job classification  structure & salary scale (Define
                                                                Job  positions vs  comparable  market  including  salary
                                                                scale);

                                                           o        Annual study on proposed salary increase for 2006.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20.            The independent directors should hold       During the financial  year ended August 31, 2002, the Board of
               regularly scheduled meetings at which       Directors  designated  Mr. Michael Unger to act as independent
               non-independent directors and members       "lead director".  As many meetings,  as needed,  annually will
               of management are not in attendance         be  held  by  the  independent,  unrelated  Directors  without
                                                           management  and  any  independent,   unrelated   Director  may
                                                           request  such  meetings at any time.  Since  September 1, 2004
                                                           and prior to  November  1, 2005,  one  meeting of  independent
                                                           unrelated Directors without management occurred.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                       27




--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
National Instrument 58-101 DISCLOSURE OF 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES & National                                          COMMENTS
Policy 58-201 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     
21.            The Board should adopt a written code       The  Corporation  is  committed  to  maintaining  the  highest
               of business conduct and ethics (a           standard of business  conduct  and  ethics.  Accordingly,  the
               code). The code should be applicable        Board  updated  and  established  (i)  a  Board  of  Directors
               to directors, officers and employees        Corporate Governance  Guidelines (ii) a Code of Ethics for our
               of the issuer. The Board should be          Principal  Executive  Officer  and Senior  Financial  Officers
               responsible for monitoring compliance       (iii) Ethics and Business Conduct Policy and  (iv) a Statement
               with the code.                              on Reporting Ethical Violations  "Whistleblower  Policy" which
                                                           are available on the Corporation's website at www.exfo.com.


                                                           Therefore,  the  Corporation  has  instituted  and  follows  a
                                                           "Whistleblower  Policy" where each member of the Board as well
                                                           as any senior  officer,  every employee of the Corporation and
                                                           any  person is  invited  and  encouraged  to  report  anything
                                                           appearing  or  suspected  of  being  non-ethical  to our  Lead
                                                           Director,  in  confidence.  The Lead Director has the power to
                                                           hire   professional   assistance   to  conduct   an   internal
                                                           investigation should he so feel required.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                                       28